HUGE commit of ifacecheck-automated fixes to virtualness/constness/staticness of wxWidgets documented functions
git-svn-id: https://svn.wxwidgets.org/svn/wx/wxWidgets/trunk@55912 c3d73ce0-8a6f-49c7-b76d-6d57e0e08775
This commit is contained in:
@@ -542,7 +542,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Destructor.
|
Destructor.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
~wxDataObject();
|
virtual ~wxDataObject();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Copy all supported formats in the given direction to the array pointed
|
Copy all supported formats in the given direction to the array pointed
|
||||||
@@ -686,7 +686,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
Adds a file to the file list represented by this data object (Windows
|
Adds a file to the file list represented by this data object (Windows
|
||||||
only).
|
only).
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
virtual void AddFile(const wxString& file);
|
void AddFile(const wxString& file);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Returns the array of file names.
|
Returns the array of file names.
|
||||||
|
@@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
Returns a pointer to the wxDataViewColumn from which
|
Returns a pointer to the wxDataViewColumn from which
|
||||||
the event was emitted or @NULL.
|
the event was emitted or @NULL.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
wxDataViewColumn* GetDataViewColumn();
|
wxDataViewColumn* GetDataViewColumn() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Returns the wxDataViewModel associated with the event.
|
Returns the wxDataViewModel associated with the event.
|
||||||
@@ -420,7 +420,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Destructor.
|
Destructor.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
~wxDataViewIndexListModel();
|
virtual ~wxDataViewIndexListModel();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Compare method that sorts the items by their index.
|
Compare method that sorts the items by their index.
|
||||||
@@ -727,7 +727,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Destructor.
|
Destructor.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
~wxDataViewCtrl();
|
virtual ~wxDataViewCtrl();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Appends a wxDataViewColumn to the control. Returns @true on success.
|
Appends a wxDataViewColumn to the control. Returns @true on success.
|
||||||
@@ -897,7 +897,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Collapses the item.
|
Collapses the item.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
void Collapse(const wxDataViewItem& item);
|
virtual void Collapse(const wxDataViewItem& item);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Create the control. Useful for two step creation.
|
Create the control. Useful for two step creation.
|
||||||
@@ -922,7 +922,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Expands the item.
|
Expands the item.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
void Expand(const wxDataViewItem& item);
|
virtual void Expand(const wxDataViewItem& item);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Returns pointer to the column. @a pos refers to the
|
Returns pointer to the column. @a pos refers to the
|
||||||
@@ -961,18 +961,18 @@ public:
|
|||||||
Returns pointer to the data model associated with the
|
Returns pointer to the data model associated with the
|
||||||
control (if any).
|
control (if any).
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
virtual wxDataViewModel* GetModel() const;
|
wxDataViewModel* GetModel();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Returns first selected item or an invalid item if none is selected.
|
Returns first selected item or an invalid item if none is selected.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
wxDataViewItem GetSelection() const;
|
virtual wxDataViewItem GetSelection() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Fills @a sel with currently selected items and returns
|
Fills @a sel with currently selected items and returns
|
||||||
their number.
|
their number.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
int GetSelections(wxDataViewItemArray& sel) const;
|
virtual int GetSelections(wxDataViewItemArray& sel) const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Returns the wxDataViewColumn currently responsible for sorting
|
Returns the wxDataViewColumn currently responsible for sorting
|
||||||
@@ -989,17 +989,17 @@ public:
|
|||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Return @true if the item is selected.
|
Return @true if the item is selected.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
bool IsSelected(const wxDataViewItem& item) const;
|
virtual bool IsSelected(const wxDataViewItem& item) const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Select the given item.
|
Select the given item.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
void Select(const wxDataViewItem& item);
|
virtual void Select(const wxDataViewItem& item);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Select all items.
|
Select all items.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
void SelectAll();
|
virtual void SelectAll();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Set which column shall contain the tree-like expanders.
|
Set which column shall contain the tree-like expanders.
|
||||||
@@ -1014,18 +1014,18 @@ public:
|
|||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Sets the selection to the array of wxDataViewItems.
|
Sets the selection to the array of wxDataViewItems.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
void SetSelections(const wxDataViewItemArray& sel);
|
virtual void SetSelections(const wxDataViewItemArray& sel);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Unselect the given item.
|
Unselect the given item.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
void Unselect(const wxDataViewItem& item);
|
virtual void Unselect(const wxDataViewItem& item);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Unselect all item. This method only has effect if multiple
|
Unselect all item. This method only has effect if multiple
|
||||||
selections are allowed.
|
selections are allowed.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
void UnselectAll();
|
virtual void UnselectAll();
|
||||||
};
|
};
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
@@ -1053,7 +1053,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Destructor.
|
Destructor.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
~wxDataViewModelNotifier();
|
virtual ~wxDataViewModelNotifier();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Called by owning model.
|
Called by owning model.
|
||||||
@@ -1091,7 +1091,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Called by owning model.
|
Called by owning model.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
bool ItemsChanged(const wxDataViewItemArray& items);
|
virtual bool ItemsChanged(const wxDataViewItemArray& items);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Called by owning model.
|
Called by owning model.
|
||||||
@@ -1190,12 +1190,12 @@ public:
|
|||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Returns the cell mode.
|
Returns the cell mode.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
virtual wxDataViewCellMode GetMode();
|
virtual wxDataViewCellMode GetMode() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Returns pointer to the owning wxDataViewColumn.
|
Returns pointer to the owning wxDataViewColumn.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
virtual wxDataViewColumn* GetOwner() const;
|
wxDataViewColumn* GetOwner() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
This methods retrieves the value from the renderer in order to
|
This methods retrieves the value from the renderer in order to
|
||||||
@@ -1208,7 +1208,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
Returns a string with the type of the wxVariant
|
Returns a string with the type of the wxVariant
|
||||||
supported by this renderer.
|
supported by this renderer.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
virtual wxString GetVariantType();
|
wxString GetVariantType() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Sets the alignment of the renderer's content. The default value
|
Sets the alignment of the renderer's content. The default value
|
||||||
@@ -1223,7 +1223,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
Sets the owning wxDataViewColumn. This
|
Sets the owning wxDataViewColumn. This
|
||||||
is usually called from within wxDataViewColumn.
|
is usually called from within wxDataViewColumn.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
virtual void SetOwner(wxDataViewColumn* owner);
|
void SetOwner(wxDataViewColumn* owner);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Set the value of the renderer (and thus its cell) to @e value.
|
Set the value of the renderer (and thus its cell) to @e value.
|
||||||
@@ -1442,7 +1442,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Destructor.
|
Destructor.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
~wxDataViewCustomRenderer();
|
virtual ~wxDataViewCustomRenderer();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Override this to react to double clicks or ENTER. This method will
|
Override this to react to double clicks or ENTER. This method will
|
||||||
@@ -1582,7 +1582,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Destructor.
|
Destructor.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
~wxDataViewColumn();
|
virtual ~wxDataViewColumn();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Returns the bitmap in the header of the column, if any.
|
Returns the bitmap in the header of the column, if any.
|
||||||
@@ -1593,7 +1593,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
Returns the index of the column of the model, which this
|
Returns the index of the column of the model, which this
|
||||||
wxDataViewColumn is displaying.
|
wxDataViewColumn is displaying.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
unsigned int GetModelColumn();
|
unsigned int GetModelColumn() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Returns the owning wxDataViewCtrl.
|
Returns the owning wxDataViewCtrl.
|
||||||
@@ -1604,7 +1604,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
Returns the renderer of this wxDataViewColumn.
|
Returns the renderer of this wxDataViewColumn.
|
||||||
See also wxDataViewRenderer.
|
See also wxDataViewRenderer.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
wxDataViewRenderer* GetRenderer();
|
wxDataViewRenderer* GetRenderer() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Returns @true if the column is reorderable.
|
Returns @true if the column is reorderable.
|
||||||
@@ -1620,37 +1620,37 @@ public:
|
|||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Returns the width of the column.
|
Returns the width of the column.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
int GetWidth();
|
virtual int GetWidth() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Returns @true, if the sort order is ascending.
|
Returns @true, if the sort order is ascending.
|
||||||
See also SetSortOrder()
|
See also SetSortOrder()
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
bool IsSortOrderAscending();
|
virtual bool IsSortOrderAscending() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Set the alignment of the column header.
|
Set the alignment of the column header.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
void SetAlignment(wxAlignment align);
|
virtual void SetAlignment(wxAlignment align);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Set the bitmap of the column header.
|
Set the bitmap of the column header.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
void SetBitmap(const wxBitmap& bitmap);
|
virtual void SetBitmap(const wxBitmap& bitmap);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Indicate wether the column can be reordered by the
|
Indicate wether the column can be reordered by the
|
||||||
user using the mouse. This is typically implemented
|
user using the mouse. This is typically implemented
|
||||||
visually by dragging the header button around.
|
visually by dragging the header button around.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
void SetReorderable(bool reorderable);
|
virtual void SetReorderable(bool reorderable);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Indicate the sort order if the implementation of the
|
Indicate the sort order if the implementation of the
|
||||||
wxDataViewCtrl supports it, most commonly by showing
|
wxDataViewCtrl supports it, most commonly by showing
|
||||||
a little arrow.
|
a little arrow.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
void SetSortOrder(bool ascending);
|
virtual void SetSortOrder(bool ascending);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Indicate that the column is sortable. This does
|
Indicate that the column is sortable. This does
|
||||||
@@ -1662,12 +1662,12 @@ public:
|
|||||||
no longer clickable and the sort indicator (little
|
no longer clickable and the sort indicator (little
|
||||||
arrow) will disappear.
|
arrow) will disappear.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
void SetSortable(bool sortable);
|
virtual void SetSortable(bool sortable);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Set the title of the column header to @e title.
|
Set the title of the column header to @e title.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
void SetTitle(const wxString& title);
|
virtual void SetTitle(const wxString& title);
|
||||||
};
|
};
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
@@ -1704,7 +1704,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Destructor. Deletes the image list if any.
|
Destructor. Deletes the image list if any.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
~wxDataViewTreeCtrl();
|
virtual ~wxDataViewTreeCtrl();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
@@ -1886,7 +1886,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Destructor.
|
Destructor.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
~wxDataViewTreeStore();
|
virtual ~wxDataViewTreeStore();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Append a container.
|
Append a container.
|
||||||
|
@@ -161,27 +161,27 @@ public:
|
|||||||
Convert device X coordinate to logical coordinate, using the current
|
Convert device X coordinate to logical coordinate, using the current
|
||||||
mapping mode, user scale factor, device origin and axis orientation.
|
mapping mode, user scale factor, device origin and axis orientation.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
virtual wxCoord DeviceToLogicalX(wxCoord x);
|
wxCoord DeviceToLogicalX(wxCoord x) const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Convert device X coordinate to relative logical coordinate, using the
|
Convert device X coordinate to relative logical coordinate, using the
|
||||||
current mapping mode and user scale factor but ignoring the
|
current mapping mode and user scale factor but ignoring the
|
||||||
axis orientation. Use this for converting a width, for example.
|
axis orientation. Use this for converting a width, for example.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
virtual wxCoord DeviceToLogicalXRel(wxCoord x);
|
wxCoord DeviceToLogicalXRel(wxCoord x) const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Converts device Y coordinate to logical coordinate, using the current
|
Converts device Y coordinate to logical coordinate, using the current
|
||||||
mapping mode, user scale factor, device origin and axis orientation.
|
mapping mode, user scale factor, device origin and axis orientation.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
virtual wxCoord DeviceToLogicalY(wxCoord y);
|
wxCoord DeviceToLogicalY(wxCoord y) const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Convert device Y coordinate to relative logical coordinate, using the
|
Convert device Y coordinate to relative logical coordinate, using the
|
||||||
current mapping mode and user scale factor but ignoring the
|
current mapping mode and user scale factor but ignoring the
|
||||||
axis orientation. Use this for converting a height, for example.
|
axis orientation. Use this for converting a height, for example.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
virtual wxCoord DeviceToLogicalYRel(wxCoord y);
|
wxCoord DeviceToLogicalYRel(wxCoord y) const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Draws an arc of a circle, centred on (@a xc, @a yc), with starting
|
Draws an arc of a circle, centred on (@a xc, @a yc), with starting
|
||||||
@@ -502,12 +502,12 @@ public:
|
|||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Gets the character height of the currently set font.
|
Gets the character height of the currently set font.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
wxCoord GetCharHeight();
|
wxCoord GetCharHeight() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Gets the average character width of the currently set font.
|
Gets the average character width of the currently set font.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
wxCoord GetCharWidth();
|
wxCoord GetCharWidth() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Gets the rectangle surrounding the current clipping region.
|
Gets the rectangle surrounding the current clipping region.
|
||||||
@@ -549,14 +549,14 @@ public:
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
@see SetLogicalFunction()
|
@see SetLogicalFunction()
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
int GetLogicalFunction();
|
int GetLogicalFunction() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Gets the mapping mode for the device context.
|
Gets the mapping mode for the device context.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
@see SetMapMode()
|
@see SetMapMode()
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
int GetMapMode();
|
int GetMapMode() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Gets the dimensions of the string using the currently selected font.
|
Gets the dimensions of the string using the currently selected font.
|
||||||
@@ -625,7 +625,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
The wxColour value is returned and is not required as a parameter.
|
The wxColour value is returned and is not required as a parameter.
|
||||||
@endWxPythonOnly
|
@endWxPythonOnly
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
bool GetPixel(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxColour* colour);
|
bool GetPixel(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxColour* colour) const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Returns the resolution of the device in pixels per inch.
|
Returns the resolution of the device in pixels per inch.
|
||||||
@@ -766,47 +766,47 @@ public:
|
|||||||
Converts logical X coordinate to device coordinate, using the current
|
Converts logical X coordinate to device coordinate, using the current
|
||||||
mapping mode, user scale factor, device origin and axis orientation.
|
mapping mode, user scale factor, device origin and axis orientation.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
virtual wxCoord LogicalToDeviceX(wxCoord x);
|
wxCoord LogicalToDeviceX(wxCoord x) const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Converts logical X coordinate to relative device coordinate, using the
|
Converts logical X coordinate to relative device coordinate, using the
|
||||||
current mapping mode and user scale factor but ignoring the
|
current mapping mode and user scale factor but ignoring the
|
||||||
axis orientation. Use this for converting a width, for example.
|
axis orientation. Use this for converting a width, for example.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
virtual wxCoord LogicalToDeviceXRel(wxCoord x);
|
wxCoord LogicalToDeviceXRel(wxCoord x) const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Converts logical Y coordinate to device coordinate, using the current
|
Converts logical Y coordinate to device coordinate, using the current
|
||||||
mapping mode, user scale factor, device origin and axis orientation.
|
mapping mode, user scale factor, device origin and axis orientation.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
virtual wxCoord LogicalToDeviceY(wxCoord y);
|
wxCoord LogicalToDeviceY(wxCoord y) const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Converts logical Y coordinate to relative device coordinate, using the
|
Converts logical Y coordinate to relative device coordinate, using the
|
||||||
current mapping mode and user scale factor but ignoring the
|
current mapping mode and user scale factor but ignoring the
|
||||||
axis orientation. Use this for converting a height, for example.
|
axis orientation. Use this for converting a height, for example.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
virtual wxCoord LogicalToDeviceYRel(wxCoord y);
|
wxCoord LogicalToDeviceYRel(wxCoord y) const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Gets the maximum horizontal extent used in drawing commands so far.
|
Gets the maximum horizontal extent used in drawing commands so far.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
wxCoord MaxX();
|
wxCoord MaxX() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Gets the maximum vertical extent used in drawing commands so far.
|
Gets the maximum vertical extent used in drawing commands so far.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
wxCoord MaxY();
|
wxCoord MaxY() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Gets the minimum horizontal extent used in drawing commands so far.
|
Gets the minimum horizontal extent used in drawing commands so far.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
wxCoord MinX();
|
wxCoord MinX() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Gets the minimum vertical extent used in drawing commands so far.
|
Gets the minimum vertical extent used in drawing commands so far.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
wxCoord MinY();
|
wxCoord MinY() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Resets the bounding box: after a call to this function, the bounding
|
Resets the bounding box: after a call to this function, the bounding
|
||||||
|
@@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
This function destroys the temporary window created to implement on-top
|
This function destroys the temporary window created to implement on-top
|
||||||
drawing (X only).
|
drawing (X only).
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
bool EndDrawingOnTop();
|
static bool EndDrawingOnTop();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Use this in conjunction with EndDrawingOnTop() to ensure that drawing
|
Use this in conjunction with EndDrawingOnTop() to ensure that drawing
|
||||||
@@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
that this function allows the screen to be refreshed
|
that this function allows the screen to be refreshed
|
||||||
afterwards, may be useful to some applications.
|
afterwards, may be useful to some applications.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
bool StartDrawingOnTop(wxWindow* window);
|
static bool StartDrawingOnTop(wxWindow* window);
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Use this in conjunction with EndDrawingOnTop() to ensure that drawing
|
Use this in conjunction with EndDrawingOnTop() to ensure that drawing
|
||||||
to the screen occurs on top of existing windows. Without this, some
|
to the screen occurs on top of existing windows. Without this, some
|
||||||
@@ -77,6 +77,6 @@ public:
|
|||||||
that this function allows the screen to be refreshed
|
that this function allows the screen to be refreshed
|
||||||
afterwards, may be useful to some applications.
|
afterwards, may be useful to some applications.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
bool StartDrawingOnTop(wxRect* rect = NULL);
|
static bool StartDrawingOnTop(wxRect* rect = NULL);
|
||||||
};
|
};
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
@@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Destructor.
|
Destructor.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
~wxSVGFileDC();
|
virtual ~wxSVGFileDC();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Copies from a source DC to this DC, specifying the destination
|
Copies from a source DC to this DC, specifying the destination
|
||||||
|
@@ -135,7 +135,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
constructor with all the files it contains. Call Reset() to prevent
|
constructor with all the files it contains. Call Reset() to prevent
|
||||||
this from happening.
|
this from happening.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
~wxDebugReport();
|
virtual ~wxDebugReport();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Adds all available information to the report. Currently this includes a
|
Adds all available information to the report. Currently this includes a
|
||||||
@@ -148,7 +148,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
Add an XML file containing the current or exception context and the
|
Add an XML file containing the current or exception context and the
|
||||||
stack trace.
|
stack trace.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
bool AddContext(Context ctx);
|
virtual bool AddContext(Context ctx);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
The same as calling AddContext(Context_Current).
|
The same as calling AddContext(Context_Current).
|
||||||
@@ -188,7 +188,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
@see GetDirectory(), AddText()
|
@see GetDirectory(), AddText()
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
void AddFile(const wxString& filename, const wxString& description);
|
virtual void AddFile(const wxString& filename, const wxString& description);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
This is a convenient wrapper around AddFile(). It creates the file with
|
This is a convenient wrapper around AddFile(). It creates the file with
|
||||||
@@ -250,7 +250,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
Gets the name used as a base name for various files, by default
|
Gets the name used as a base name for various files, by default
|
||||||
wxApp::GetAppName() is used.
|
wxApp::GetAppName() is used.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
wxString GetReportName() const;
|
virtual wxString GetReportName() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Returns @true if the object was successfully initialized. If this
|
Returns @true if the object was successfully initialized. If this
|
||||||
|
@@ -173,7 +173,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
Destructor. Deletes any child windows before deleting the physical
|
Destructor. Deletes any child windows before deleting the physical
|
||||||
window.
|
window.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
~wxDialog();
|
virtual ~wxDialog();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Adds an identifier to be regarded as a main button for the
|
Adds an identifier to be regarded as a main button for the
|
||||||
@@ -279,7 +279,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
@see ShowModal(), GetReturnCode(), SetReturnCode()
|
@see ShowModal(), GetReturnCode(), SetReturnCode()
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
void EndModal(int retCode);
|
virtual void EndModal(int retCode);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Gets the identifier of the button which works like standard OK button
|
Gets the identifier of the button which works like standard OK button
|
||||||
@@ -296,7 +296,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
@ref overview_dialog "layout adaptation code" to know that only the
|
@ref overview_dialog "layout adaptation code" to know that only the
|
||||||
pages need to be made scrollable.
|
pages need to be made scrollable.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
wxWindow* GetContentWindow() const;
|
virtual wxWindow* GetContentWindow() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Gets the identifier of the button to map presses of @c ESC button to.
|
Gets the identifier of the button to map presses of @c ESC button to.
|
||||||
@@ -321,7 +321,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
@see @ref overview_dialog_autoscrolling (for more on layout adaptation)
|
@see @ref overview_dialog_autoscrolling (for more on layout adaptation)
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
int GetLayoutAdaptationLevel();
|
int GetLayoutAdaptationLevel() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Gets the adaptation mode, overriding the global adaptation flag.
|
Gets the adaptation mode, overriding the global adaptation flag.
|
||||||
@@ -353,7 +353,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
@see SetReturnCode(), ShowModal(), EndModal()
|
@see SetReturnCode(), ShowModal(), EndModal()
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
int GetReturnCode();
|
int GetReturnCode() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
On PocketPC, a dialog is automatically provided with an empty toolbar.
|
On PocketPC, a dialog is automatically provided with an empty toolbar.
|
||||||
@@ -407,7 +407,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Returns @true if the dialog box is modal, @false otherwise.
|
Returns @true if the dialog box is modal, @false otherwise.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
bool IsModal() const;
|
virtual bool IsModal() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
The default handler for wxEVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED.
|
The default handler for wxEVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED.
|
||||||
@@ -566,7 +566,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
@see EndModal(), GetReturnCode(), SetReturnCode()
|
@see EndModal(), GetReturnCode(), SetReturnCode()
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
int ShowModal();
|
virtual int ShowModal();
|
||||||
};
|
};
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Destructor.
|
Destructor.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
~wxDialUpManager();
|
virtual ~wxDialUpManager();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Cancel dialing the number initiated with Dial() with async parameter
|
Cancel dialing the number initiated with Dial() with async parameter
|
||||||
@@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
platform-specific class derived from wxDialUpManager. You should delete
|
platform-specific class derived from wxDialUpManager. You should delete
|
||||||
the pointer when you are done with it.
|
the pointer when you are done with it.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
wxDialUpManager* Create();
|
static wxDialUpManager* Create();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Dial the given ISP, use @a username and @a password to authenticate.
|
Dial the given ISP, use @a username and @a password to authenticate.
|
||||||
|
@@ -285,6 +285,6 @@ public:
|
|||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
size_t Traverse(wxDirTraverser& sink,
|
size_t Traverse(wxDirTraverser& sink,
|
||||||
const wxString& filespec = wxEmptyString,
|
const wxString& filespec = wxEmptyString,
|
||||||
int flags = wxDIR_DEFAULT);
|
int flags = wxDIR_DEFAULT) const;
|
||||||
};
|
};
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
@@ -75,17 +75,17 @@ public:
|
|||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Destructor.
|
Destructor.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
~wxGenericDirCtrl();
|
virtual ~wxGenericDirCtrl();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Collapse the given @a path.
|
Collapse the given @a path.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
bool CollapsePath(const wxString& path);
|
virtual bool CollapsePath(const wxString& path);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Collapses the entire tree.
|
Collapses the entire tree.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
void CollapseTree();
|
virtual void CollapseTree();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Create function for two-step construction. See wxGenericDirCtrl() for
|
Create function for two-step construction. See wxGenericDirCtrl() for
|
||||||
@@ -104,86 +104,86 @@ public:
|
|||||||
Tries to expand as much of the given @a path as possible, so that the
|
Tries to expand as much of the given @a path as possible, so that the
|
||||||
filename or directory is visible in the tree control.
|
filename or directory is visible in the tree control.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
bool ExpandPath(const wxString& path);
|
virtual bool ExpandPath(const wxString& path);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Gets the default path.
|
Gets the default path.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
wxString GetDefaultPath() const;
|
virtual wxString GetDefaultPath() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Gets selected filename path only (else empty string).
|
Gets selected filename path only (else empty string).
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
This function doesn't count a directory as a selection.
|
This function doesn't count a directory as a selection.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
wxString GetFilePath() const;
|
virtual wxString GetFilePath() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Returns the filter string.
|
Returns the filter string.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
wxString GetFilter() const;
|
virtual wxString GetFilter() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Returns the current filter index (zero-based).
|
Returns the current filter index (zero-based).
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
int GetFilterIndex() const;
|
virtual int GetFilterIndex() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Returns a pointer to the filter list control (if present).
|
Returns a pointer to the filter list control (if present).
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
wxDirFilterListCtrl* GetFilterListCtrl() const;
|
virtual wxDirFilterListCtrl* GetFilterListCtrl() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Gets the currently-selected directory or filename.
|
Gets the currently-selected directory or filename.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
wxString GetPath() const;
|
virtual wxString GetPath() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Returns the root id for the tree control.
|
Returns the root id for the tree control.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
wxTreeItemId GetRootId();
|
virtual wxTreeItemId GetRootId();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Returns a pointer to the tree control.
|
Returns a pointer to the tree control.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
wxTreeCtrl* GetTreeCtrl() const;
|
virtual wxTreeCtrl* GetTreeCtrl() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Initializes variables.
|
Initializes variables.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
void Init();
|
virtual void Init();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Collapse and expand the tree, thus re-creating it from scratch. May be
|
Collapse and expand the tree, thus re-creating it from scratch. May be
|
||||||
used to update the displayed directory content.
|
used to update the displayed directory content.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
void ReCreateTree();
|
virtual void ReCreateTree();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Sets the default path.
|
Sets the default path.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
void SetDefaultPath(const wxString& path);
|
virtual void SetDefaultPath(const wxString& path);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Sets the filter string.
|
Sets the filter string.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
void SetFilter(const wxString& filter);
|
virtual void SetFilter(const wxString& filter);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Sets the current filter index (zero-based).
|
Sets the current filter index (zero-based).
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
void SetFilterIndex(int n);
|
virtual void SetFilterIndex(int n);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Sets the current path.
|
Sets the current path.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
void SetPath(const wxString& path);
|
virtual void SetPath(const wxString& path);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
@param show
|
@param show
|
||||||
If @true, hidden folders and files will be displayed by the
|
If @true, hidden folders and files will be displayed by the
|
||||||
control. If @false, they will not be displayed.
|
control. If @false, they will not be displayed.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
void ShowHidden(bool show);
|
virtual void ShowHidden(bool show);
|
||||||
};
|
};
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
@@ -65,27 +65,27 @@ public:
|
|||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Destructor.
|
Destructor.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
~wxDirDialog();
|
virtual ~wxDirDialog();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Returns the message that will be displayed on the dialog.
|
Returns the message that will be displayed on the dialog.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
wxString GetMessage() const;
|
virtual wxString GetMessage() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Returns the default or user-selected path.
|
Returns the default or user-selected path.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
wxString GetPath() const;
|
virtual wxString GetPath() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Sets the message that will be displayed on the dialog.
|
Sets the message that will be displayed on the dialog.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
void SetMessage(const wxString& message);
|
virtual void SetMessage(const wxString& message);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Sets the default path.
|
Sets the default path.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
void SetPath(const wxString& path);
|
virtual void SetPath(const wxString& path);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Shows the dialog, returning wxID_OK if the user pressed OK, and
|
Shows the dialog, returning wxID_OK if the user pressed OK, and
|
||||||
|
@@ -122,6 +122,6 @@ public:
|
|||||||
Returns @true if the display is the primary display. The primary
|
Returns @true if the display is the primary display. The primary
|
||||||
display is the one whose index is 0.
|
display is the one whose index is 0.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
bool IsPrimary();
|
bool IsPrimary() const;
|
||||||
};
|
};
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
@@ -91,7 +91,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Destructor. Deletes the associated data object, if any.
|
Destructor. Deletes the associated data object, if any.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
~wxDropTarget();
|
virtual ~wxDropTarget();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
This method may only be called from within OnData(). By default, this
|
This method may only be called from within OnData(). By default, this
|
||||||
@@ -228,7 +228,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Default constructor.
|
Default constructor.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
~wxDropSource();
|
virtual ~wxDropSource();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Starts the drag-and-drop operation which will terminate when the user
|
Starts the drag-and-drop operation which will terminate when the user
|
||||||
|
@@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Destructor.
|
Destructor.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
~wxDocMDIParentFrame();
|
virtual ~wxDocMDIParentFrame();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Creates the window.
|
Creates the window.
|
||||||
@@ -110,7 +110,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Destructor.
|
Destructor.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
~wxDocMDIChildFrame();
|
virtual ~wxDocMDIChildFrame();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Returns the document associated with this frame.
|
Returns the document associated with this frame.
|
||||||
|
@@ -72,7 +72,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Destructor.
|
Destructor.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
~wxDocTemplate();
|
virtual ~wxDocTemplate();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Creates a new instance of the associated document class. If you have
|
Creates a new instance of the associated document class. If you have
|
||||||
@@ -83,73 +83,74 @@ public:
|
|||||||
This function calls InitDocument() which in turns calls
|
This function calls InitDocument() which in turns calls
|
||||||
wxDocument::OnCreate().
|
wxDocument::OnCreate().
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
wxDocument* CreateDocument(const wxString& path, long flags = 0);
|
virtual wxDocument* CreateDocument(const wxString& path, long flags = 0);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Creates a new instance of the associated view class. If you have not
|
Creates a new instance of the associated view class. If you have not
|
||||||
supplied a wxClassInfo parameter to the template constructor, you will
|
supplied a wxClassInfo parameter to the template constructor, you will
|
||||||
need to override this function to return an appropriate view instance.
|
need to override this function to return an appropriate view instance.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
wxView* CreateView(wxDocument* doc, long flags = 0);
|
virtual wxView* CreateView(wxDocument* doc, long flags = 0);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Returns the default file extension for the document data, as passed to
|
Returns the default file extension for the document data, as passed to
|
||||||
the document template constructor.
|
the document template constructor.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
wxString GetDefaultExtension();
|
wxString GetDefaultExtension() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Returns the text description of this template, as passed to the
|
Returns the text description of this template, as passed to the
|
||||||
document template constructor.
|
document template constructor.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
wxString GetDescription();
|
wxString GetDescription() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Returns the default directory, as passed to the document template
|
Returns the default directory, as passed to the document template
|
||||||
constructor.
|
constructor.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
wxString GetDirectory();
|
wxString GetDirectory() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Returns a pointer to the document manager instance for which this
|
Returns a pointer to the document manager instance for which this
|
||||||
template was created.
|
template was created.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
wxDocManager* GetDocumentManager();
|
wxDocManager* GetDocumentManager() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Returns the document type name, as passed to the document template
|
Returns the document type name, as passed to the document template
|
||||||
constructor.
|
constructor.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
wxString GetDocumentName();
|
virtual wxString GetDocumentName() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Returns the file filter, as passed to the document template
|
Returns the file filter, as passed to the document template
|
||||||
constructor.
|
constructor.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
wxString GetFileFilter();
|
wxString GetFileFilter() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Returns the flags, as passed to the document template constructor.
|
Returns the flags, as passed to the document template constructor.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
long GetFlags();
|
long GetFlags() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Returns the view type name, as passed to the document template
|
Returns the view type name, as passed to the document template
|
||||||
constructor.
|
constructor.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
wxString GetViewName();
|
virtual wxString GetViewName() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Initialises the document, calling wxDocument::OnCreate(). This is
|
Initialises the document, calling wxDocument::OnCreate(). This is
|
||||||
called from CreateDocument().
|
called from CreateDocument().
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
bool InitDocument(wxDocument* doc, const wxString& path, long flags = 0);
|
virtual bool InitDocument(wxDocument* doc, const wxString& path,
|
||||||
|
long flags = 0);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Returns @true if the document template can be shown in user dialogs,
|
Returns @true if the document template can be shown in user dialogs,
|
||||||
@false otherwise.
|
@false otherwise.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
bool IsVisible();
|
bool IsVisible() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Sets the default file extension.
|
Sets the default file extension.
|
||||||
@@ -274,12 +275,12 @@ public:
|
|||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Destructor.
|
Destructor.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
~wxDocManager();
|
virtual ~wxDocManager();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Sets the current view.
|
Sets the current view.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
void ActivateView(wxView* doc, bool activate = true);
|
virtual void ActivateView(wxView* doc, bool activate = true);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Adds the document to the list of documents.
|
Adds the document to the list of documents.
|
||||||
@@ -290,7 +291,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
Adds a file to the file history list, if we have a pointer to an
|
Adds a file to the file history list, if we have a pointer to an
|
||||||
appropriate file menu.
|
appropriate file menu.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
void AddFileToHistory(const wxString& filename);
|
virtual void AddFileToHistory(const wxString& filename);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Adds the template to the document manager's template list.
|
Adds the template to the document manager's template list.
|
||||||
@@ -338,7 +339,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
file path and type.
|
file path and type.
|
||||||
@return a new document object or @NULL on failure.
|
@return a new document object or @NULL on failure.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
wxDocument *CreateDocument(const wxString& path, long flags = 0);
|
virtual wxDocument* CreateDocument(const wxString& path, long flags = 0);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Creates a new view for the given document. If more than one view is
|
Creates a new view for the given document. If more than one view is
|
||||||
@@ -356,24 +357,24 @@ public:
|
|||||||
Appends the files in the history list to all menus managed by the file
|
Appends the files in the history list to all menus managed by the file
|
||||||
history object.
|
history object.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
void FileHistoryAddFilesToMenu();
|
virtual void FileHistoryAddFilesToMenu();
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Appends the files in the history list to the given @a menu only.
|
Appends the files in the history list to the given @a menu only.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
void FileHistoryAddFilesToMenu(wxMenu* menu);
|
virtual void FileHistoryAddFilesToMenu(wxMenu* menu);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Loads the file history from a config object.
|
Loads the file history from a config object.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
@see wxConfigBase
|
@see wxConfigBase
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
void FileHistoryLoad(const wxConfigBase& config);
|
virtual void FileHistoryLoad(const wxConfigBase& config);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Removes the given menu from the list of menus managed by the file
|
Removes the given menu from the list of menus managed by the file
|
||||||
history object.
|
history object.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
void FileHistoryRemoveMenu(wxMenu* menu);
|
virtual void FileHistoryRemoveMenu(wxMenu* menu);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Saves the file history into a config object. This must be called
|
Saves the file history into a config object. This must be called
|
||||||
@@ -381,7 +382,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
@see wxConfigBase
|
@see wxConfigBase
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
void FileHistorySave(wxConfigBase& resourceFile);
|
virtual void FileHistorySave(wxConfigBase& resourceFile);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Use this menu for appending recently-visited document filenames, for
|
Use this menu for appending recently-visited document filenames, for
|
||||||
@@ -391,25 +392,25 @@ public:
|
|||||||
@note You can add multiple menus using this function, to be managed by
|
@note You can add multiple menus using this function, to be managed by
|
||||||
the file history object.
|
the file history object.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
void FileHistoryUseMenu(wxMenu* menu);
|
virtual void FileHistoryUseMenu(wxMenu* menu);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Given a path, try to find template that matches the extension. This is
|
Given a path, try to find template that matches the extension. This is
|
||||||
only an approximate method of finding a template for creating a
|
only an approximate method of finding a template for creating a
|
||||||
document.
|
document.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
wxDocTemplate* FindTemplateForPath(const wxString& path);
|
virtual wxDocTemplate* FindTemplateForPath(const wxString& path);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Returns the document associated with the currently active view (if
|
Returns the document associated with the currently active view (if
|
||||||
any).
|
any).
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
wxDocument* GetCurrentDocument();
|
wxDocument* GetCurrentDocument() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Returns the currently active view
|
Returns the currently active view
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
wxView* GetCurrentView();
|
virtual wxView* GetCurrentView() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Returns a reference to the list of documents.
|
Returns a reference to the list of documents.
|
||||||
@@ -419,12 +420,12 @@ public:
|
|||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Returns a pointer to file history.
|
Returns a pointer to file history.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
wxFileHistory* GetFileHistory();
|
virtual wxFileHistory* GetFileHistory() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Returns the number of files currently stored in the file history.
|
Returns the number of files currently stored in the file history.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
size_t GetHistoryFilesCount();
|
virtual size_t GetHistoryFilesCount() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Returns the directory last selected by the user when opening a file.
|
Returns the directory last selected by the user when opening a file.
|
||||||
@@ -435,7 +436,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Returns the number of documents that can be open simultaneously.
|
Returns the number of documents that can be open simultaneously.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
int GetMaxDocsOpen();
|
int GetMaxDocsOpen() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Returns a reference to the list of associated templates.
|
Returns a reference to the list of associated templates.
|
||||||
@@ -458,7 +459,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
The bottom line: if you're not deriving from Initialize(), forget it
|
The bottom line: if you're not deriving from Initialize(), forget it
|
||||||
and construct wxDocManager with no arguments.
|
and construct wxDocManager with no arguments.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
bool Initialize();
|
virtual bool Initialize();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Return a string containing a suitable default name for a new document.
|
Return a string containing a suitable default name for a new document.
|
||||||
@@ -466,13 +467,13 @@ public:
|
|||||||
string @b unnamed but can be overridden in the derived classes to do
|
string @b unnamed but can be overridden in the derived classes to do
|
||||||
something more appropriate.
|
something more appropriate.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
wxString MakeNewDocumentName();
|
virtual wxString MakeNewDocumentName();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
A hook to allow a derived class to create a different type of file
|
A hook to allow a derived class to create a different type of file
|
||||||
history. Called from Initialize().
|
history. Called from Initialize().
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
wxFileHistory* OnCreateFileHistory();
|
virtual wxFileHistory* OnCreateFileHistory();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Closes and deletes the currently active document.
|
Closes and deletes the currently active document.
|
||||||
@@ -652,7 +653,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Destructor. Removes itself from the document's list of views.
|
Destructor. Removes itself from the document's list of views.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
~wxView();
|
virtual ~wxView();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Call this from your view frame's wxDocChildFrame::OnActivate() member
|
Call this from your view frame's wxDocChildFrame::OnActivate() member
|
||||||
@@ -691,7 +692,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
uses notebook pages instead of frames and this is why this method
|
uses notebook pages instead of frames and this is why this method
|
||||||
returns a wxWindow and not a wxFrame.
|
returns a wxWindow and not a wxFrame.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
wxWindow* GetFrame();
|
wxWindow* GetFrame() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Gets the name associated with the view (passed to the wxDocTemplate
|
Gets the name associated with the view (passed to the wxDocTemplate
|
||||||
@@ -777,7 +778,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
Associates the given document with the view. Normally called by the
|
Associates the given document with the view. Normally called by the
|
||||||
framework.
|
framework.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
void SetDocument(wxDocument* doc);
|
virtual void SetDocument(wxDocument* doc);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Sets the frame associated with this view. The application should call
|
Sets the frame associated with this view. The application should call
|
||||||
@@ -847,7 +848,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Destructor.
|
Destructor.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
~wxDocChildFrame();
|
virtual ~wxDocChildFrame();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Returns the document associated with this frame.
|
Returns the document associated with this frame.
|
||||||
@@ -929,7 +930,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Destructor.
|
Destructor.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
~wxDocParentFrame();
|
virtual ~wxDocParentFrame();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Used in two-step construction.
|
Used in two-step construction.
|
||||||
@@ -993,7 +994,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Destructor. Removes itself from the document manager.
|
Destructor. Removes itself from the document manager.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
~wxDocument();
|
virtual ~wxDocument();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
If the view is not already in the list of views, adds the view and
|
If the view is not already in the list of views, adds the view and
|
||||||
@@ -1023,12 +1024,12 @@ public:
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
@see wxCommandProcessor
|
@see wxCommandProcessor
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
wxCommandProcessor* GetCommandProcessor() const;
|
virtual wxCommandProcessor* GetCommandProcessor() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Gets a pointer to the associated document manager.
|
Gets a pointer to the associated document manager.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
wxDocManager* GetDocumentManager() const;
|
virtual wxDocManager* GetDocumentManager() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Gets the document type name for this document. See the comment for
|
Gets the document type name for this document. See the comment for
|
||||||
@@ -1039,14 +1040,14 @@ public:
|
|||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Gets a pointer to the template that created the document.
|
Gets a pointer to the template that created the document.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
wxDocTemplate* GetDocumentTemplate() const;
|
virtual wxDocTemplate* GetDocumentTemplate() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Intended to return a suitable window for using as a parent for
|
Intended to return a suitable window for using as a parent for
|
||||||
document-related dialog boxes. By default, uses the frame associated
|
document-related dialog boxes. By default, uses the frame associated
|
||||||
with the first view.
|
with the first view.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
wxWindow* GetDocumentWindow() const;
|
virtual wxWindow* GetDocumentWindow() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Gets the filename associated with this document, or "" if none is
|
Gets the filename associated with this document, or "" if none is
|
||||||
@@ -1235,7 +1236,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
Sets the pointer to the template that created the document. Should only
|
Sets the pointer to the template that created the document. Should only
|
||||||
be called by the framework.
|
be called by the framework.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
void SetDocumentTemplate(wxDocTemplate* templ);
|
virtual void SetDocumentTemplate(wxDocTemplate* templ);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Sets the filename for this document. Usually called by the framework.
|
Sets the filename for this document. Usually called by the framework.
|
||||||
@@ -1257,7 +1258,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
view. @a hint represents optional information to allow a view to
|
view. @a hint represents optional information to allow a view to
|
||||||
optimize its update.
|
optimize its update.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
void UpdateAllViews(wxView* sender = NULL, wxObject* hint = NULL);
|
virtual void UpdateAllViews(wxView* sender = NULL, wxObject* hint = NULL);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
protected:
|
protected:
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
@@ -1356,23 +1357,23 @@ public:
|
|||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Destructor.
|
Destructor.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
~wxFileHistory();
|
virtual ~wxFileHistory();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Adds a file to the file history list, if the object has a pointer to an
|
Adds a file to the file history list, if the object has a pointer to an
|
||||||
appropriate file menu.
|
appropriate file menu.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
void AddFileToHistory(const wxString& filename);
|
virtual void AddFileToHistory(const wxString& filename);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Appends the files in the history list, to all menus managed by the file
|
Appends the files in the history list, to all menus managed by the file
|
||||||
history object.
|
history object.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
void AddFilesToMenu();
|
virtual void AddFilesToMenu();
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Appends the files in the history list, to the given menu only.
|
Appends the files in the history list, to the given menu only.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
void AddFilesToMenu(wxMenu* menu);
|
virtual void AddFilesToMenu(wxMenu* menu);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Returns the base identifier for the range used for appending items.
|
Returns the base identifier for the range used for appending items.
|
||||||
@@ -1382,17 +1383,17 @@ public:
|
|||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Returns the number of files currently stored in the file history.
|
Returns the number of files currently stored in the file history.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
size_t GetCount() const;
|
virtual size_t GetCount() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Returns the file at this index (zero-based).
|
Returns the file at this index (zero-based).
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
wxString GetHistoryFile(size_t index) const;
|
virtual wxString GetHistoryFile(size_t index) const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Returns the maximum number of files that can be stored.
|
Returns the maximum number of files that can be stored.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
int GetMaxFiles() const;
|
virtual int GetMaxFiles() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Returns the list of menus that are managed by this file history object.
|
Returns the list of menus that are managed by this file history object.
|
||||||
@@ -1407,17 +1408,17 @@ public:
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
@see wxConfigBase
|
@see wxConfigBase
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
void Load(const wxConfigBase& config);
|
virtual void Load(const wxConfigBase& config);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Removes the specified file from the history.
|
Removes the specified file from the history.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
void RemoveFileFromHistory(size_t i);
|
virtual void RemoveFileFromHistory(size_t i);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Removes this menu from the list of those managed by this object.
|
Removes this menu from the list of those managed by this object.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
void RemoveMenu(wxMenu* menu);
|
virtual void RemoveMenu(wxMenu* menu);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Saves the file history into the given config object. This must be
|
Saves the file history into the given config object. This must be
|
||||||
@@ -1425,7 +1426,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
@see wxConfigBase
|
@see wxConfigBase
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
void Save(wxConfigBase& config);
|
virtual void Save(wxConfigBase& config);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Sets the base identifier for the range used for appending items.
|
Sets the base identifier for the range used for appending items.
|
||||||
@@ -1438,7 +1439,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
with filenames that are already in the history when this function is
|
with filenames that are already in the history when this function is
|
||||||
called, as this is not done automatically.
|
called, as this is not done automatically.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
void UseMenu(wxMenu* menu);
|
virtual void UseMenu(wxMenu* menu);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
A character array of strings corresponding to the most recently opened
|
A character array of strings corresponding to the most recently opened
|
||||||
|
@@ -192,7 +192,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
applications to draw their own image instead of using an actual bitmap.
|
applications to draw their own image instead of using an actual bitmap.
|
||||||
If you override this function, you must also override GetImageRect().
|
If you override this function, you must also override GetImageRect().
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
virtual bool DoDrawImage(wxDC& dc, const wxPoint& pos);
|
virtual bool DoDrawImage(wxDC& dc, const wxPoint& pos) const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Call this when the drag has finished.
|
Call this when the drag has finished.
|
||||||
@@ -254,8 +254,8 @@ public:
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
This function is available in wxGenericDragImage only.
|
This function is available in wxGenericDragImage only.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
bool UpdateBackingFromWindow(wxDC& windowDC, wxMemoryDC& destDC,
|
virtual bool UpdateBackingFromWindow(wxDC& windowDC, wxMemoryDC& destDC,
|
||||||
const wxRect& sourceRect,
|
const wxRect& sourceRect,
|
||||||
const wxRect& destRect) const;
|
const wxRect& destRect) const;
|
||||||
};
|
};
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
@@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Destructor, destroying the list box.
|
Destructor, destroying the list box.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
~wxEditableListBox();
|
virtual ~wxEditableListBox();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Creates the editable listbox for two-step construction.
|
Creates the editable listbox for two-step construction.
|
||||||
|
@@ -189,7 +189,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Destructor.
|
Destructor.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
~wxFindReplaceDialog();
|
virtual ~wxFindReplaceDialog();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Creates the dialog; use wxWindow::Show to show it on screen.
|
Creates the dialog; use wxWindow::Show to show it on screen.
|
||||||
|
@@ -105,14 +105,14 @@ public:
|
|||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Returns the current directory of the file control (i.e. the directory shown by it).
|
Returns the current directory of the file control (i.e. the directory shown by it).
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
wxString GetDirectory() const;
|
virtual wxString GetDirectory() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Returns the currently selected filename.
|
Returns the currently selected filename.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
For the controls having the @c wxFC_MULTIPLE style, use GetFilenames() instead.
|
For the controls having the @c wxFC_MULTIPLE style, use GetFilenames() instead.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
wxString GetFilename() const;
|
virtual wxString GetFilename() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Fills the array @a filenames with the filenames only of selected items.
|
Fills the array @a filenames with the filenames only of selected items.
|
||||||
@@ -122,18 +122,18 @@ public:
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
@remarks filenames is emptied first.
|
@remarks filenames is emptied first.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
void GetFilenames(wxArrayString& filenames) const;
|
virtual void GetFilenames(wxArrayString& filenames) const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Returns the zero-based index of the currently selected filter.
|
Returns the zero-based index of the currently selected filter.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
int GetFilterIndex() const;
|
virtual int GetFilterIndex() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Returns the full path (directory and filename) of the currently selected file.
|
Returns the full path (directory and filename) of the currently selected file.
|
||||||
For the controls having the @c wxFC_MULTIPLE style, use GetPaths() instead.
|
For the controls having the @c wxFC_MULTIPLE style, use GetPaths() instead.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
wxString GetPath() const;
|
virtual wxString GetPath() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Fills the array @a paths with the full paths of the files chosen.
|
Fills the array @a paths with the full paths of the files chosen.
|
||||||
@@ -143,37 +143,37 @@ public:
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
@remarks paths is emptied first.
|
@remarks paths is emptied first.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
void GetPaths(wxArrayString& paths) const;
|
virtual void GetPaths(wxArrayString& paths) const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Returns the current wildcard.
|
Returns the current wildcard.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
wxString GetWildcard() const;
|
virtual wxString GetWildcard() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Sets(changes) the current directory displayed in the control.
|
Sets(changes) the current directory displayed in the control.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
@return Returns @true on success, @false otherwise.
|
@return Returns @true on success, @false otherwise.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
bool SetDirectory(const wxString& directory);
|
virtual bool SetDirectory(const wxString& directory);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Selects a certain file.
|
Selects a certain file.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
@return Returns @true on success, @false otherwise
|
@return Returns @true on success, @false otherwise
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
bool SetFilename(const wxString& filename);
|
virtual bool SetFilename(const wxString& filename);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Sets the current filter index, starting from zero.
|
Sets the current filter index, starting from zero.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
void SetFilterIndex(int filterIndex);
|
virtual void SetFilterIndex(int filterIndex);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Sets the wildcard, which can contain multiple file types, for example:
|
Sets the wildcard, which can contain multiple file types, for example:
|
||||||
"BMP files (*.bmp)|*.bmp|GIF files (*.gif)|*.gif"
|
"BMP files (*.bmp)|*.bmp|GIF files (*.gif)|*.gif"
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
void SetWildcard(const wxString& wildCard);
|
virtual void SetWildcard(const wxString& wildCard);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Sets whether hidden files and folders are shown or not.
|
Sets whether hidden files and folders are shown or not.
|
||||||
|
@@ -102,12 +102,12 @@ public:
|
|||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Destructor.
|
Destructor.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
~wxFileDialog();
|
virtual ~wxFileDialog();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Returns the default directory.
|
Returns the default directory.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
wxString GetDirectory() const;
|
virtual wxString GetDirectory() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
If functions SetExtraControlCreator() and ShowModal() were called,
|
If functions SetExtraControlCreator() and ShowModal() were called,
|
||||||
@@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Returns the default filename.
|
Returns the default filename.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
wxString GetFilename() const;
|
virtual wxString GetFilename() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Fills the array @a filenames with the names of the files chosen.
|
Fills the array @a filenames with the names of the files chosen.
|
||||||
@@ -131,7 +131,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
of each referenced file by appending the directory containing the shortcuts
|
of each referenced file by appending the directory containing the shortcuts
|
||||||
to the filename.
|
to the filename.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
void GetFilenames(wxArrayString& filenames) const;
|
virtual void GetFilenames(wxArrayString& filenames) const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Returns the index into the list of filters supplied, optionally, in the
|
Returns the index into the list of filters supplied, optionally, in the
|
||||||
@@ -142,17 +142,17 @@ public:
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
After the dialog is shown, this is the index selected by the user.
|
After the dialog is shown, this is the index selected by the user.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
int GetFilterIndex() const;
|
virtual int GetFilterIndex() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Returns the message that will be displayed on the dialog.
|
Returns the message that will be displayed on the dialog.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
wxString GetMessage() const;
|
virtual wxString GetMessage() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Returns the full path (directory and filename) of the selected file.
|
Returns the full path (directory and filename) of the selected file.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
wxString GetPath() const;
|
virtual wxString GetPath() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Fills the array @a paths with the full paths of the files chosen.
|
Fills the array @a paths with the full paths of the files chosen.
|
||||||
@@ -160,17 +160,17 @@ public:
|
|||||||
This function should only be used with the dialogs which have @c wxFD_MULTIPLE style,
|
This function should only be used with the dialogs which have @c wxFD_MULTIPLE style,
|
||||||
use GetPath() for the others.
|
use GetPath() for the others.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
void GetPaths(wxArrayString& paths) const;
|
virtual void GetPaths(wxArrayString& paths) const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Returns the file dialog wildcard.
|
Returns the file dialog wildcard.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
wxString GetWildcard() const;
|
virtual wxString GetWildcard() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Sets the default directory.
|
Sets the default directory.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
void SetDirectory(const wxString& directory);
|
virtual void SetDirectory(const wxString& directory);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Customize file dialog by adding extra window, which is typically placed
|
Customize file dialog by adding extra window, which is typically placed
|
||||||
@@ -188,23 +188,23 @@ public:
|
|||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Sets the default filename.
|
Sets the default filename.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
void SetFilename(const wxString& setfilename);
|
virtual void SetFilename(const wxString& setfilename);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Sets the default filter index, starting from zero.
|
Sets the default filter index, starting from zero.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
void SetFilterIndex(int filterIndex);
|
virtual void SetFilterIndex(int filterIndex);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Sets the message that will be displayed on the dialog.
|
Sets the message that will be displayed on the dialog.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
void SetMessage(const wxString& message);
|
virtual void SetMessage(const wxString& message);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Sets the path (the combined directory and filename that will be returned when
|
Sets the path (the combined directory and filename that will be returned when
|
||||||
the dialog is dismissed).
|
the dialog is dismissed).
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
void SetPath(const wxString& path);
|
virtual void SetPath(const wxString& path);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Sets the wildcard, which can contain multiple file types, for example:
|
Sets the wildcard, which can contain multiple file types, for example:
|
||||||
@@ -213,13 +213,13 @@ public:
|
|||||||
Note that the native Motif dialog has some limitations with respect to
|
Note that the native Motif dialog has some limitations with respect to
|
||||||
wildcards; see the Remarks section above.
|
wildcards; see the Remarks section above.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
void SetWildcard(const wxString& wildCard);
|
virtual void SetWildcard(const wxString& wildCard);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Shows the dialog, returning wxID_OK if the user pressed OK, and wxID_CANCEL
|
Shows the dialog, returning wxID_OK if the user pressed OK, and wxID_CANCEL
|
||||||
otherwise.
|
otherwise.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
int ShowModal();
|
virtual int ShowModal();
|
||||||
};
|
};
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
@@ -580,7 +580,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
not be read (because e.g. the file is locked by another process) the returned
|
not be read (because e.g. the file is locked by another process) the returned
|
||||||
value is ::wxInvalidSize.
|
value is ::wxInvalidSize.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
wxULongLong GetSize();
|
wxULongLong GetSize() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Returns the size of the file If the file does not exist or its size could
|
Returns the size of the file If the file does not exist or its size could
|
||||||
|
@@ -131,7 +131,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Returns the actual path (set by wxFileSystem::ChangePathTo).
|
Returns the actual path (set by wxFileSystem::ChangePathTo).
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
wxString GetPath();
|
wxString GetPath() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
This static function returns @true if there is a registered handler which can
|
This static function returns @true if there is a registered handler which can
|
||||||
@@ -409,7 +409,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
GetMimeTypeFromExt("index.htm") == "text/html"
|
GetMimeTypeFromExt("index.htm") == "text/html"
|
||||||
@endcode
|
@endcode
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
wxString GetMimeTypeFromExt(const wxString& location);
|
static wxString GetMimeTypeFromExt(const wxString& location);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Returns the protocol string extracted from @a location.
|
Returns the protocol string extracted from @a location.
|
||||||
|
@@ -378,7 +378,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
pointer to the font object is stored in an application
|
pointer to the font object is stored in an application
|
||||||
data structure, and there is a risk of double deletion.
|
data structure, and there is a risk of double deletion.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
~wxFont();
|
virtual ~wxFont();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Returns the current application's default encoding.
|
Returns the current application's default encoding.
|
||||||
@@ -393,7 +393,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
@see SetFaceName()
|
@see SetFaceName()
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
wxString GetFaceName() const;
|
virtual wxString GetFaceName() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Gets the font family. See SetFamily() for a list of valid
|
Gets the font family. See SetFamily() for a list of valid
|
||||||
@@ -423,14 +423,14 @@ public:
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
@see GetNativeFontInfoDesc()
|
@see GetNativeFontInfoDesc()
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
wxString GetNativeFontInfoUserDesc();
|
wxString GetNativeFontInfoUserDesc() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Gets the point size.
|
Gets the point size.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
@see SetPointSize()
|
@see SetPointSize()
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
int GetPointSize() const;
|
virtual int GetPointSize() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Gets the font style. See wxFontStyle for a list of valid styles.
|
Gets the font style. See wxFontStyle for a list of valid styles.
|
||||||
@@ -444,7 +444,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
@see SetUnderlined()
|
@see SetUnderlined()
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
bool GetUnderlined() const;
|
virtual bool GetUnderlined() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Gets the font weight. See wxFontWeight for a list of valid weight identifiers.
|
Gets the font weight. See wxFontWeight for a list of valid weight identifiers.
|
||||||
@@ -457,7 +457,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
Returns @true if the font is a fixed width (or monospaced) font,
|
Returns @true if the font is a fixed width (or monospaced) font,
|
||||||
@false if it is a proportional one or font is invalid.
|
@false if it is a proportional one or font is invalid.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
bool IsFixedWidth() const;
|
virtual bool IsFixedWidth() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Returns @true if this object is a valid font, @false otherwise.
|
Returns @true if this object is a valid font, @false otherwise.
|
||||||
@@ -519,7 +519,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
@see GetFaceName(), SetFamily()
|
@see GetFaceName(), SetFamily()
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
bool SetFaceName(const wxString& faceName);
|
virtual bool SetFaceName(const wxString& faceName);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Sets the font family.
|
Sets the font family.
|
||||||
@@ -576,7 +576,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
@see GetPointSize()
|
@see GetPointSize()
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
void SetPointSize(int pointSize);
|
virtual void SetPointSize(int pointSize);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Sets the font style.
|
Sets the font style.
|
||||||
|
@@ -161,7 +161,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Destructor. Destroys all child windows and menu bar if present.
|
Destructor. Destroys all child windows and menu bar if present.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
~wxFrame();
|
virtual ~wxFrame();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Centres the frame on the display.
|
Centres the frame on the display.
|
||||||
@@ -248,14 +248,14 @@ public:
|
|||||||
Returns the origin of the frame client area (in client coordinates).
|
Returns the origin of the frame client area (in client coordinates).
|
||||||
It may be different from (0, 0) if the frame has a toolbar.
|
It may be different from (0, 0) if the frame has a toolbar.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
wxPoint GetClientAreaOrigin() const;
|
virtual wxPoint GetClientAreaOrigin() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Returns a pointer to the menubar currently associated with the frame (if any).
|
Returns a pointer to the menubar currently associated with the frame (if any).
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
@see SetMenuBar(), wxMenuBar, wxMenu
|
@see SetMenuBar(), wxMenuBar, wxMenu
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
wxMenuBar* GetMenuBar() const;
|
virtual wxMenuBar* GetMenuBar() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Returns a pointer to the status bar currently associated with the frame
|
Returns a pointer to the status bar currently associated with the frame
|
||||||
@@ -263,21 +263,21 @@ public:
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
@see CreateStatusBar(), wxStatusBar
|
@see CreateStatusBar(), wxStatusBar
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
wxStatusBar* GetStatusBar() const;
|
virtual wxStatusBar* GetStatusBar() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Returns the status bar pane used to display menu and toolbar help.
|
Returns the status bar pane used to display menu and toolbar help.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
@see SetStatusBarPane()
|
@see SetStatusBarPane()
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
int GetStatusBarPane();
|
int GetStatusBarPane() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Returns a pointer to the toolbar currently associated with the frame (if any).
|
Returns a pointer to the toolbar currently associated with the frame (if any).
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
@see CreateToolBar(), wxToolBar, SetToolBar()
|
@see CreateToolBar(), wxToolBar, SetToolBar()
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
wxToolBar* GetToolBar() const;
|
virtual wxToolBar* GetToolBar() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Virtual function called when a status bar is requested by CreateStatusBar().
|
Virtual function called when a status bar is requested by CreateStatusBar().
|
||||||
@@ -353,14 +353,14 @@ public:
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
@see GetMenuBar(), wxMenuBar, wxMenu.
|
@see GetMenuBar(), wxMenuBar, wxMenu.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
void SetMenuBar(wxMenuBar* menuBar);
|
virtual void SetMenuBar(wxMenuBar* menuBar);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Associates a status bar with the frame.
|
Associates a status bar with the frame.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
@see CreateStatusBar(), wxStatusBar, GetStatusBar()
|
@see CreateStatusBar(), wxStatusBar, GetStatusBar()
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
void SetStatusBar(wxStatusBar* statusBar);
|
virtual void SetStatusBar(wxStatusBar* statusBar);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Set the status bar pane used to display menu and toolbar help.
|
Set the status bar pane used to display menu and toolbar help.
|
||||||
@@ -403,6 +403,6 @@ public:
|
|||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Associates a toolbar with the frame.
|
Associates a toolbar with the frame.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
void SetToolBar(wxToolBar* toolBar);
|
virtual void SetToolBar(wxToolBar* toolBar);
|
||||||
};
|
};
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
@@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Destructor, destroying the gauge.
|
Destructor, destroying the gauge.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
~wxGauge();
|
virtual ~wxGauge();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Creates the gauge for two-step construction. See wxGauge() for further
|
Creates the gauge for two-step construction. See wxGauge() for further
|
||||||
@@ -138,7 +138,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
undefined and thus you need to explicitely call SetValue() if you
|
undefined and thus you need to explicitely call SetValue() if you
|
||||||
want to restore the determinate mode.
|
want to restore the determinate mode.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
void Pulse();
|
virtual void Pulse();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Sets the 3D bezel face width.
|
Sets the 3D bezel face width.
|
||||||
|
@@ -612,7 +612,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
is, wxColour::IsOk() will return @false) if the colour wasn't found in
|
is, wxColour::IsOk() will return @false) if the colour wasn't found in
|
||||||
the database.
|
the database.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
wxColour Find(const wxString& colourName);
|
wxColour Find(const wxString& colourName) const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Finds a colour name given the colour. Returns an empty string if the
|
Finds a colour name given the colour. Returns an empty string if the
|
||||||
|
@@ -128,7 +128,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Sets the value of the spin control. Use the variant using double instead.
|
Sets the value of the spin control. Use the variant using double instead.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
void SetValue(const wxString& text);
|
virtual void SetValue(const wxString& text);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Sets the value of the spin control.
|
Sets the value of the spin control.
|
||||||
|
@@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Parameters string format is "width[,precision]".
|
Parameters string format is "width[,precision]".
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
void SetParameters(const wxString& params);
|
virtual void SetParameters(const wxString& params);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Sets the precision.
|
Sets the precision.
|
||||||
@@ -492,7 +492,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Final cleanup.
|
Final cleanup.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
void Destroy();
|
virtual void Destroy();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Complete the editing of the current cell. Returns @true if the value has
|
Complete the editing of the current cell. Returns @true if the value has
|
||||||
@@ -504,7 +504,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
Some types of controls on some platforms may need some help
|
Some types of controls on some platforms may need some help
|
||||||
with the Return key.
|
with the Return key.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
void HandleReturn(wxKeyEvent& event);
|
virtual void HandleReturn(wxKeyEvent& event);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
@@ -526,26 +526,26 @@ public:
|
|||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Size and position the edit control.
|
Size and position the edit control.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
void SetSize(const wxRect& rect);
|
virtual void SetSize(const wxRect& rect);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Show or hide the edit control, use the specified attributes to set
|
Show or hide the edit control, use the specified attributes to set
|
||||||
colours/fonts for it.
|
colours/fonts for it.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
void Show(bool show, wxGridCellAttr* attr = NULL);
|
virtual void Show(bool show, wxGridCellAttr* attr = NULL);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
If the editor is enabled by clicking on the cell, this method will be
|
If the editor is enabled by clicking on the cell, this method will be
|
||||||
called.
|
called.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
void StartingClick();
|
virtual void StartingClick();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
If the editor is enabled by pressing keys on the grid,
|
If the editor is enabled by pressing keys on the grid,
|
||||||
this will be called to let the editor do something about
|
this will be called to let the editor do something about
|
||||||
that first key if desired.
|
that first key if desired.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
void StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event);
|
virtual void StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event);
|
||||||
};
|
};
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
@@ -573,7 +573,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
The parameters string format is "n" where n is a number representing the
|
The parameters string format is "n" where n is a number representing the
|
||||||
maximum width.
|
maximum width.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
void SetParameters(const wxString& params);
|
virtual void SetParameters(const wxString& params);
|
||||||
};
|
};
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
@@ -634,7 +634,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Parameters string format is "item1[,item2[...,itemN]]"
|
Parameters string format is "item1[,item2[...,itemN]]"
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
void SetParameters(const wxString& params);
|
virtual void SetParameters(const wxString& params);
|
||||||
};
|
};
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
@@ -857,7 +857,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Parameters string format is "min,max".
|
Parameters string format is "min,max".
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
void SetParameters(const wxString& params);
|
virtual void SetParameters(const wxString& params);
|
||||||
};
|
};
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
@@ -1156,7 +1156,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Column at which the event occurred.
|
Column at which the event occurred.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
int GetCol();
|
virtual int GetCol();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Position in pixels at which the event occurred.
|
Position in pixels at which the event occurred.
|
||||||
@@ -1166,7 +1166,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Row at which the event occurred.
|
Row at which the event occurred.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
int GetRow();
|
virtual int GetRow();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Returns @true if the Meta key was down at the time of the event.
|
Returns @true if the Meta key was down at the time of the event.
|
||||||
@@ -1212,7 +1212,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Parameters string format is "width,precision"
|
Parameters string format is "width,precision"
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
void SetParameters(const wxString& params);
|
virtual void SetParameters(const wxString& params);
|
||||||
};
|
};
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
@@ -1655,7 +1655,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
without (yet) matching calls to EndBatch(). While
|
without (yet) matching calls to EndBatch(). While
|
||||||
the grid's batch count is greater than zero the display will not be updated.
|
the grid's batch count is greater than zero the display will not be updated.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
int GetBatchCount() const;
|
int GetBatchCount();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Sets the arguments to the horizontal and vertical text alignment values
|
Sets the arguments to the horizontal and vertical text alignment values
|
||||||
@@ -1737,7 +1737,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
See GetRowGridLinePen() for an example.
|
See GetRowGridLinePen() for an example.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
wxPen GetColGridLinePen(int col);
|
virtual wxPen GetColGridLinePen(int col);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Sets the arguments to the current column label alignment values.
|
Sets the arguments to the current column label alignment values.
|
||||||
@@ -1887,7 +1887,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
@see GetColGridLinePen(), GetRowGridLinePen()
|
@see GetColGridLinePen(), GetRowGridLinePen()
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
wxPen GetDefaultGridLinePen();
|
virtual wxPen GetDefaultGridLinePen();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Returns a pointer to the current default grid cell renderer.
|
Returns a pointer to the current default grid cell renderer.
|
||||||
@@ -2006,7 +2006,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
}
|
}
|
||||||
@endcode
|
@endcode
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
wxPen GetRowGridLinePen(int row);
|
virtual wxPen GetRowGridLinePen(int row);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Returns the alignment used for row labels.
|
Returns the alignment used for row labels.
|
||||||
|
@@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Destroys the hash table.
|
Destroys the hash table.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
~wxHashTable();
|
virtual ~wxHashTable();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
The counterpart of @e Next. If the application wishes to iterate
|
The counterpart of @e Next. If the application wishes to iterate
|
||||||
@@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
Makes an integer key out of a string. An application may wish to make a key
|
Makes an integer key out of a string. An application may wish to make a key
|
||||||
explicitly (for instance when combining two data values to form a key).
|
explicitly (for instance when combining two data values to form a key).
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
long MakeKey(const wxString& string);
|
static long MakeKey(const wxString& string);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
If the application wishes to iterate through all the data in the hash
|
If the application wishes to iterate through all the data in the hash
|
||||||
|
@@ -170,7 +170,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
@param param
|
@param param
|
||||||
Optional parameters
|
Optional parameters
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
virtual const wxHtmlCell* Find(int condition, const void* param);
|
virtual const wxHtmlCell* Find(int condition, const void* param) const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Returns descent value of the cell (m_Descent member).
|
Returns descent value of the cell (m_Descent member).
|
||||||
@@ -186,7 +186,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
finding particular cell in the list, try Find() method
|
finding particular cell in the list, try Find() method
|
||||||
instead.
|
instead.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
wxHtmlCell* GetFirstChild();
|
virtual wxHtmlCell* GetFirstChild() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Returns height of the cell (m_Height member).
|
Returns height of the cell (m_Height member).
|
||||||
@@ -216,7 +216,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
@param window
|
@param window
|
||||||
interface to the parent HTML window
|
interface to the parent HTML window
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
virtual wxCursor GetMouseCursor(wxHtmlWindowInterface* window);
|
virtual wxCursor GetMouseCursor(wxHtmlWindowInterface* window) const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Returns pointer to the next cell in list (see htmlcell.h if you're
|
Returns pointer to the next cell in list (see htmlcell.h if you're
|
||||||
@@ -306,7 +306,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Sets the cell's position within parent container.
|
Sets the cell's position within parent container.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
void SetPos(int x, int y);
|
virtual void SetPos(int x, int y);
|
||||||
};
|
};
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
@@ -703,25 +703,25 @@ public:
|
|||||||
only within wxHtmlWindow::OnLinkClicked,
|
only within wxHtmlWindow::OnLinkClicked,
|
||||||
@NULL otherwise.
|
@NULL otherwise.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
const wxMouseEvent* GetEvent();
|
const wxMouseEvent* GetEvent() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Return @e HREF value of the @c A tag.
|
Return @e HREF value of the @c A tag.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
wxString GetHref();
|
wxString GetHref() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Return pointer to the cell that was clicked. Valid
|
Return pointer to the cell that was clicked. Valid
|
||||||
only within wxHtmlWindow::OnLinkClicked,
|
only within wxHtmlWindow::OnLinkClicked,
|
||||||
@NULL otherwise.
|
@NULL otherwise.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
const wxHtmlCell* GetHtmlCell();
|
const wxHtmlCell* GetHtmlCell() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Return @e TARGET value of the @c A tag (this value
|
Return @e TARGET value of the @c A tag (this value
|
||||||
is used to specify in which frame should be the page pointed
|
is used to specify in which frame should be the page pointed
|
||||||
by @ref gethref() Href opened).
|
by @ref gethref() Href opened).
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
wxString GetTarget();
|
wxString GetTarget() const;
|
||||||
};
|
};
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
@@ -263,6 +263,6 @@ public:
|
|||||||
Parse() or any function called
|
Parse() or any function called
|
||||||
by it (i.e. from tag handlers).
|
by it (i.e. from tag handlers).
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
void StopParsing();
|
virtual void StopParsing();
|
||||||
};
|
};
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
@@ -38,6 +38,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
Returns beginning position of the text @e between this tag and paired
|
Returns beginning position of the text @e between this tag and paired
|
||||||
ending tag.
|
ending tag.
|
||||||
See explanation (returned position is marked with '|'):
|
See explanation (returned position is marked with '|'):
|
||||||
|
@deprecated @todo provide deprecation description
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
int GetBeginPos() const;
|
int GetBeginPos() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
@@ -88,20 +88,20 @@ public:
|
|||||||
If no page is opened or if the displayed page wasn't
|
If no page is opened or if the displayed page wasn't
|
||||||
produced by call to LoadPage, empty string is returned.
|
produced by call to LoadPage, empty string is returned.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
wxString GetOpenedAnchor();
|
wxString GetOpenedAnchor() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Returns full location of the opened page. If no page is opened or if the
|
Returns full location of the opened page. If no page is opened or if the
|
||||||
displayed page wasn't
|
displayed page wasn't
|
||||||
produced by call to LoadPage, empty string is returned.
|
produced by call to LoadPage, empty string is returned.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
wxString GetOpenedPage();
|
wxString GetOpenedPage() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Returns title of the opened page or wxEmptyString if current page does not
|
Returns title of the opened page or wxEmptyString if current page does not
|
||||||
contain @c TITLE tag.
|
contain @c TITLE tag.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
wxString GetOpenedPageTitle();
|
wxString GetOpenedPageTitle() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Returns the related frame.
|
Returns the related frame.
|
||||||
@@ -143,7 +143,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
@see LoadPage()
|
@see LoadPage()
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
virtual bool LoadFile(const wxFileName& filename);
|
bool LoadFile(const wxFileName& filename);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Unlike SetPage this function first loads HTML page from @a location
|
Unlike SetPage this function first loads HTML page from @a location
|
||||||
@@ -256,8 +256,8 @@ public:
|
|||||||
URL if OnOpeningURL returns wxHTML_REDIRECT.
|
URL if OnOpeningURL returns wxHTML_REDIRECT.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
virtual wxHtmlOpeningStatus OnOpeningURL(wxHtmlURLType type,
|
virtual wxHtmlOpeningStatus OnOpeningURL(wxHtmlURLType type,
|
||||||
const wxString& url,
|
const wxString& url,
|
||||||
wxString* redirect);
|
wxString* redirect) const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Called on parsing @c TITLE tag.
|
Called on parsing @c TITLE tag.
|
||||||
@@ -352,7 +352,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
@return @false if an error occurred, @true otherwise.
|
@return @false if an error occurred, @true otherwise.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
bool SetPage(const wxString& source);
|
virtual bool SetPage(const wxString& source);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Sets the frame in which page title will be displayed. @a format is format of
|
Sets the frame in which page title will be displayed. @a format is format of
|
||||||
|
@@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Destructor cleans up whatever resources we use.
|
Destructor cleans up whatever resources we use.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
~wxHtmlListBox();
|
virtual ~wxHtmlListBox();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Creates the control and optionally sets the initial number of items in it
|
Creates the control and optionally sets the initial number of items in it
|
||||||
@@ -211,7 +211,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Frees the array of stored items and relative client data.
|
Frees the array of stored items and relative client data.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
~wxSimpleHtmlListBox();
|
virtual ~wxSimpleHtmlListBox();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
//@{
|
//@{
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
|
@@ -123,19 +123,19 @@ public:
|
|||||||
Returns the colour used to print the label of the hyperlink when the mouse is
|
Returns the colour used to print the label of the hyperlink when the mouse is
|
||||||
over the control.
|
over the control.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
wxColour GetHoverColour() const;
|
virtual wxColour GetHoverColour() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Returns the colour used to print the label when the link has never been clicked
|
Returns the colour used to print the label when the link has never been clicked
|
||||||
before
|
before
|
||||||
(i.e. the link has not been @e visited) and the mouse is not over the control.
|
(i.e. the link has not been @e visited) and the mouse is not over the control.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
wxColour GetNormalColour() const;
|
virtual wxColour GetNormalColour() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Returns the URL associated with the hyperlink.
|
Returns the URL associated with the hyperlink.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
wxString GetURL() const;
|
virtual wxString GetURL() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Returns @true if the hyperlink has already been clicked by the user at least
|
Returns @true if the hyperlink has already been clicked by the user at least
|
||||||
@@ -149,25 +149,25 @@ public:
|
|||||||
and the link has already been clicked before (i.e. the link has been @e
|
and the link has already been clicked before (i.e. the link has been @e
|
||||||
visited).
|
visited).
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
wxColour GetVisitedColour() const;
|
virtual wxColour GetVisitedColour() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Sets the colour used to print the label of the hyperlink when the mouse is over
|
Sets the colour used to print the label of the hyperlink when the mouse is over
|
||||||
the control.
|
the control.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
void SetHoverColour(const wxColour& colour);
|
virtual void SetHoverColour(const wxColour& colour);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Sets the colour used to print the label when the link has never been clicked
|
Sets the colour used to print the label when the link has never been clicked
|
||||||
before
|
before
|
||||||
(i.e. the link has not been @e visited) and the mouse is not over the control.
|
(i.e. the link has not been @e visited) and the mouse is not over the control.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
void SetNormalColour(const wxColour& colour);
|
virtual void SetNormalColour(const wxColour& colour);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Sets the URL associated with the hyperlink.
|
Sets the URL associated with the hyperlink.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
void SetURL(const wxString& url);
|
virtual void SetURL(const wxString& url);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Marks the hyperlink as visited (see wxHyperlinkCtrl::SetVisitedColour).
|
Marks the hyperlink as visited (see wxHyperlinkCtrl::SetVisitedColour).
|
||||||
@@ -179,6 +179,6 @@ public:
|
|||||||
and the link has already been clicked before (i.e. the link has been @e
|
and the link has already been clicked before (i.e. the link has been @e
|
||||||
visited).
|
visited).
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
void SetVisitedColour(const wxColour& colour);
|
virtual void SetVisitedColour(const wxColour& colour);
|
||||||
};
|
};
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
@@ -180,7 +180,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
@warning
|
@warning
|
||||||
Do not delete an icon that is selected into a memory device context.
|
Do not delete an icon that is selected into a memory device context.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
~wxIcon();
|
virtual ~wxIcon();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Copies @a bmp bitmap to this icon.
|
Copies @a bmp bitmap to this icon.
|
||||||
|
@@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Destructor.
|
Destructor.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
~wxIconBundle();
|
virtual ~wxIconBundle();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
//@{
|
//@{
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
|
@@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Destroys the wxImageHandler object.
|
Destroys the wxImageHandler object.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
~wxImageHandler();
|
virtual ~wxImageHandler();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Gets the file extension associated with this handler.
|
Gets the file extension associated with this handler.
|
||||||
@@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
@return Number of available images. For most image handlers, this is 1
|
@return Number of available images. For most image handlers, this is 1
|
||||||
(exceptions are TIFF and ICO formats).
|
(exceptions are TIFF and ICO formats).
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
int GetImageCount(wxInputStream& stream);
|
virtual int GetImageCount(wxInputStream& stream);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Gets the MIME type associated with this handler.
|
Gets the MIME type associated with this handler.
|
||||||
@@ -312,7 +312,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
See @ref overview_refcountdestruct "reference-counted object destruction" for
|
See @ref overview_refcountdestruct "reference-counted object destruction" for
|
||||||
more info.
|
more info.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
~wxImage();
|
virtual ~wxImage();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Register an image handler.
|
Register an image handler.
|
||||||
@@ -326,7 +326,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
@see BlurHorizontal(), BlurVertical()
|
@see BlurHorizontal(), BlurVertical()
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
wxImage Blur(int blurRadius);
|
wxImage Blur(int blurRadius) const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Blurs the image in the horizontal direction only. This should not be used
|
Blurs the image in the horizontal direction only. This should not be used
|
||||||
@@ -334,7 +334,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
@see Blur(), BlurVertical()
|
@see Blur(), BlurVertical()
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
wxImage BlurHorizontal(int blurRadius);
|
wxImage BlurHorizontal(int blurRadius) const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Blurs the image in the vertical direction only. This should not be used
|
Blurs the image in the vertical direction only. This should not be used
|
||||||
@@ -342,12 +342,12 @@ public:
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
@see Blur(), BlurHorizontal()
|
@see Blur(), BlurHorizontal()
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
wxImage BlurVertical(int blurRadius);
|
wxImage BlurVertical(int blurRadius) const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Returns @true if the current image handlers can read this file
|
Returns @true if the current image handlers can read this file
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
bool CanRead(const wxString& filename);
|
static bool CanRead(const wxString& filename);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Deletes all image handlers.
|
Deletes all image handlers.
|
||||||
@@ -436,10 +436,9 @@ public:
|
|||||||
@return Returns @false if there is no unused colour left, @true on success.
|
@return Returns @false if there is no unused colour left, @true on success.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
bool FindFirstUnusedColour(unsigned char* r, unsigned char* g,
|
bool FindFirstUnusedColour(unsigned char* r, unsigned char* g,
|
||||||
unsigned char* b,
|
unsigned char* b, unsigned char startR = 1,
|
||||||
unsigned char startR = 1,
|
|
||||||
unsigned char startG = 0,
|
unsigned char startG = 0,
|
||||||
unsigned char startB = 0);
|
unsigned char startB = 0) const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
//@{
|
//@{
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
@@ -853,7 +852,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
wxImage Rotate(double angle, const wxPoint& rotationCentre,
|
wxImage Rotate(double angle, const wxPoint& rotationCentre,
|
||||||
bool interpolating = true,
|
bool interpolating = true,
|
||||||
wxPoint* offsetAfterRotation = NULL);
|
wxPoint* offsetAfterRotation = NULL) const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Returns a copy of the image rotated 90 degrees in the direction
|
Returns a copy of the image rotated 90 degrees in the direction
|
||||||
|
@@ -138,9 +138,9 @@ public:
|
|||||||
For optimisation - drawing can be faster if the function is told
|
For optimisation - drawing can be faster if the function is told
|
||||||
that the background is solid.
|
that the background is solid.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
bool Draw(int index, wxDC& dc, int x, int y,
|
virtual bool Draw(int index, wxDC& dc, int x, int y,
|
||||||
int flags = wxIMAGELIST_DRAW_NORMAL,
|
int flags = wxIMAGELIST_DRAW_NORMAL,
|
||||||
bool solidBackground = false);
|
bool solidBackground = false);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Returns the bitmap corresponding to the given index.
|
Returns the bitmap corresponding to the given index.
|
||||||
@@ -155,7 +155,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Returns the number of images in the list.
|
Returns the number of images in the list.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
int GetImageCount() const;
|
virtual int GetImageCount() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Retrieves the size of the images in the list. Currently, the @a index
|
Retrieves the size of the images in the list. Currently, the @a index
|
||||||
@@ -171,7 +171,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
@return @true if the function succeeded, @false if it failed (for example,
|
@return @true if the function succeeded, @false if it failed (for example,
|
||||||
if the image list was not yet initialized).
|
if the image list was not yet initialized).
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
bool GetSize(int index, int& width, int& height) const;
|
virtual bool GetSize(int index, int& width, int& height) const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Removes the image at the given position.
|
Removes the image at the given position.
|
||||||
|
@@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
set locale is restored and so the changes described in
|
set locale is restored and so the changes described in
|
||||||
Init() documentation are rolled back.
|
Init() documentation are rolled back.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
~wxLocale();
|
virtual ~wxLocale();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
//@{
|
//@{
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
@@ -129,7 +129,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
(in this order).
|
(in this order).
|
||||||
This only applies to subsequent invocations of AddCatalog().
|
This only applies to subsequent invocations of AddCatalog().
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
void AddCatalogLookupPathPrefix(const wxString& prefix);
|
static void AddCatalogLookupPathPrefix(const wxString& prefix);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Adds custom, user-defined language to the database of known languages. This
|
Adds custom, user-defined language to the database of known languages. This
|
||||||
|
@@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Destroys the wxJoystick object.
|
Destroys the wxJoystick object.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
~wxJoystick();
|
virtual ~wxJoystick();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
//@{
|
//@{
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
|
@@ -102,14 +102,14 @@ public:
|
|||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Destructor.
|
Destructor.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
~wxLayoutAlgorithm();
|
virtual ~wxLayoutAlgorithm();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Lays out the children of a normal frame. @a mainWindow is set to occupy the
|
Lays out the children of a normal frame. @a mainWindow is set to occupy the
|
||||||
remaining space.
|
remaining space.
|
||||||
This function simply calls LayoutWindow().
|
This function simply calls LayoutWindow().
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
bool LayoutFrame(wxFrame* frame, wxWindow* mainWindow = NULL) const;
|
bool LayoutFrame(wxFrame* frame, wxWindow* mainWindow = NULL);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Lays out the children of an MDI parent frame. If @a rect is non-@NULL, the
|
Lays out the children of an MDI parent frame. If @a rect is non-@NULL, the
|
||||||
@@ -117,7 +117,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
area.
|
area.
|
||||||
The MDI client window is set to occupy the remaining space.
|
The MDI client window is set to occupy the remaining space.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
bool LayoutMDIFrame(wxMDIParentFrame* frame, wxRect* rect = NULL) const;
|
bool LayoutMDIFrame(wxMDIParentFrame* frame, wxRect* rect = NULL);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Lays out the children of a normal frame or other window.
|
Lays out the children of a normal frame or other window.
|
||||||
@@ -129,7 +129,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
and the window will be set
|
and the window will be set
|
||||||
to the remaining size).
|
to the remaining size).
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
bool LayoutWindow(wxWindow* parent, wxWindow* mainWindow = NULL) const;
|
bool LayoutWindow(wxWindow* parent, wxWindow* mainWindow = NULL);
|
||||||
};
|
};
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
@@ -103,7 +103,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Destructor, destroying the list box.
|
Destructor, destroying the list box.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
~wxListBox();
|
virtual ~wxListBox();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
//@{
|
//@{
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
@@ -151,7 +151,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
@see wxControlWithItems::GetSelection, wxControlWithItems::GetStringSelection,
|
@see wxControlWithItems::GetSelection, wxControlWithItems::GetStringSelection,
|
||||||
wxControlWithItems::SetSelection
|
wxControlWithItems::SetSelection
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
int GetSelections(wxArrayInt& selections) const;
|
virtual int GetSelections(wxArrayInt& selections) const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Returns the item located at @e point, or @c wxNOT_FOUND if there
|
Returns the item located at @e point, or @c wxNOT_FOUND if there
|
||||||
@@ -203,7 +203,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
@return @true if the given item is selected, @false otherwise.
|
@return @true if the given item is selected, @false otherwise.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
bool IsSelected(int n) const;
|
virtual bool IsSelected(int n) const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Clears the list box and adds the given strings to it.
|
Clears the list box and adds the given strings to it.
|
||||||
|
@@ -182,7 +182,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Destructor, destroying the list control.
|
Destructor, destroying the list control.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
~wxListCtrl();
|
virtual ~wxListCtrl();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Arranges the items in icon or small icon view. This only has effect on Win32.
|
Arranges the items in icon or small icon view. This only has effect on Win32.
|
||||||
|
@@ -144,7 +144,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Destroys the previous log target.
|
Destroys the previous log target.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
~wxLogChain();
|
virtual ~wxLogChain();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Detaches the old log target so it won't be destroyed when the wxLogChain object
|
Detaches the old log target so it won't be destroyed when the wxLogChain object
|
||||||
@@ -669,7 +669,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
Disables time stamping of the log messages.
|
Disables time stamping of the log messages.
|
||||||
This function is new since wxWidgets version 2.9
|
This function is new since wxWidgets version 2.9
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
void SetTimestamp(const wxString& format);
|
static void SetTimestamp(const wxString& format);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Called to process the message of the specified severity. @a msg is the text
|
Called to process the message of the specified severity. @a msg is the text
|
||||||
|
@@ -60,13 +60,13 @@ public:
|
|||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Destructor.
|
Destructor.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
~wxMDIClientWindow();
|
virtual ~wxMDIClientWindow();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Used in two-step frame construction. See wxMDIClientWindow()
|
Used in two-step frame construction. See wxMDIClientWindow()
|
||||||
for further details.
|
for further details.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
bool CreateClient(wxMDIParentFrame* parent, long style = 0);
|
virtual bool CreateClient(wxMDIParentFrame* parent, long style = 0);
|
||||||
};
|
};
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
@@ -189,35 +189,35 @@ public:
|
|||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Destructor. Destroys all child windows and menu bar if present.
|
Destructor. Destroys all child windows and menu bar if present.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
~wxMDIParentFrame();
|
virtual ~wxMDIParentFrame();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Activates the MDI child following the currently active one.
|
Activates the MDI child following the currently active one.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
@see ActivatePrevious()
|
@see ActivatePrevious()
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
void ActivateNext();
|
virtual void ActivateNext();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Activates the MDI child preceding the currently active one.
|
Activates the MDI child preceding the currently active one.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
@see ActivateNext()
|
@see ActivateNext()
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
void ActivatePrevious();
|
virtual void ActivatePrevious();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Arranges any iconized (minimized) MDI child windows.
|
Arranges any iconized (minimized) MDI child windows.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
@see Cascade(), Tile()
|
@see Cascade(), Tile()
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
void ArrangeIcons();
|
virtual void ArrangeIcons();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Arranges the MDI child windows in a cascade.
|
Arranges the MDI child windows in a cascade.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
@see Tile(), ArrangeIcons()
|
@see Tile(), ArrangeIcons()
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
void Cascade();
|
virtual void Cascade();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Used in two-step frame construction. See wxMDIParentFrame()
|
Used in two-step frame construction. See wxMDIParentFrame()
|
||||||
@@ -368,7 +368,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
Currently only implemented for MSW, does nothing under the other platforms.
|
Currently only implemented for MSW, does nothing under the other platforms.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
void Tile(wxOrientation orient = wxHORIZONTAL);
|
virtual void Tile(wxOrientation orient = wxHORIZONTAL);
|
||||||
};
|
};
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
@@ -456,14 +456,14 @@ public:
|
|||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Destructor. Destroys all child windows and menu bar if present.
|
Destructor. Destroys all child windows and menu bar if present.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
~wxMDIChildFrame();
|
virtual ~wxMDIChildFrame();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Activates this MDI child frame.
|
Activates this MDI child frame.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
@see Maximize(), Restore()
|
@see Maximize(), Restore()
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
void Activate();
|
virtual void Activate();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Used in two-step frame construction. See wxMDIChildFrame()
|
Used in two-step frame construction. See wxMDIChildFrame()
|
||||||
@@ -486,6 +486,6 @@ public:
|
|||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Restores this MDI child frame (unmaximizes).
|
Restores this MDI child frame (unmaximizes).
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
void Restore();
|
virtual void Restore();
|
||||||
};
|
};
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
@@ -220,10 +220,11 @@ public:
|
|||||||
@param name
|
@param name
|
||||||
Window name.
|
Window name.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
wxMediaCtrl( wxWindow* parent, wxWindowID id, const wxString& fileName = wxT(""),
|
wxMediaCtrl(wxWindow* parent, wxWindowID id, const wxString& fileName = wxT(""),
|
||||||
const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
|
const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
|
||||||
long style = 0, const wxString& szBackend = wxT(""), const wxValidatorvalidator = wxDefaultValidator,
|
long style = 0, const wxString& szBackend = wxT(""),
|
||||||
const wxString& name = wxPanelNameStr );
|
const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
|
||||||
|
const wxString& name = wxPanelNameStr);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
@@ -254,10 +255,11 @@ public:
|
|||||||
@param name
|
@param name
|
||||||
Window name.
|
Window name.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
bool Create( wxWindow* parent, wxWindowID id, const wxString& fileName = wxT(""),
|
bool Create(wxWindow* parent, wxWindowID id, const wxString& fileName = wxT(""),
|
||||||
const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
|
const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
|
||||||
long style = 0, const wxString& szBackend = wxT(""), const wxValidatorvalidator = wxDefaultValidator,
|
long style = 0, const wxString& szBackend = wxT(""),
|
||||||
const wxString& name = wxPanelNameStr );
|
const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
|
||||||
|
const wxString& name = wxPanelNameStr);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Obtains the best size relative to the original/natural size of the
|
Obtains the best size relative to the original/natural size of the
|
||||||
|
@@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
Destructor, destroying the menu bar and removing it from the parent frame (if
|
Destructor, destroying the menu bar and removing it from the parent frame (if
|
||||||
any).
|
any).
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
~wxMenuBar();
|
virtual ~wxMenuBar();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Adds the item to the end of the menu bar.
|
Adds the item to the end of the menu bar.
|
||||||
@@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
@see Insert()
|
@see Insert()
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
bool Append(wxMenu* menu, const wxString& title);
|
virtual bool Append(wxMenu* menu, const wxString& title);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Checks or unchecks a menu item.
|
Checks or unchecks a menu item.
|
||||||
@@ -239,7 +239,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
@see Append()
|
@see Append()
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
bool Insert(size_t pos, wxMenu* menu, const wxString& title);
|
virtual bool Insert(size_t pos, wxMenu* menu, const wxString& title);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Determines whether an item is checked.
|
Determines whether an item is checked.
|
||||||
@@ -274,7 +274,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
@see Replace()
|
@see Replace()
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
wxMenu* Remove(size_t pos);
|
virtual wxMenu* Remove(size_t pos);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Replaces the menu at the given position with another one.
|
Replaces the menu at the given position with another one.
|
||||||
@@ -291,7 +291,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
@see Insert(), Remove()
|
@see Insert(), Remove()
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
wxMenu* Replace(size_t pos, wxMenu* menu, const wxString& title);
|
virtual wxMenu* Replace(size_t pos, wxMenu* menu, const wxString& title);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Sets the help string associated with a menu item.
|
Sets the help string associated with a menu item.
|
||||||
@@ -422,7 +422,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
a different window from last time, which causes an implicit destruction
|
a different window from last time, which causes an implicit destruction
|
||||||
and recreation of internal data structures.
|
and recreation of internal data structures.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
~wxMenu();
|
virtual ~wxMenu();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Adds a menu item.
|
Adds a menu item.
|
||||||
@@ -467,8 +467,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
AppendSubMenu(), Insert(), SetLabel(),
|
AppendSubMenu(), Insert(), SetLabel(),
|
||||||
GetHelpString(), SetHelpString(), wxMenuItem
|
GetHelpString(), SetHelpString(), wxMenuItem
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
wxMenuItem* Append(int id, const wxString& item,
|
wxMenuItem* Append(int id, const wxString& item, wxMenu* subMenu,
|
||||||
wxMenu* subMenu,
|
|
||||||
const wxString& helpString = wxEmptyString);
|
const wxString& helpString = wxEmptyString);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
@@ -524,7 +523,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
Inserts a break in a menu, causing the next appended item to appear in a new
|
Inserts a break in a menu, causing the next appended item to appear in a new
|
||||||
column.
|
column.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
void Break();
|
virtual void Break();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Checks or unchecks the menu item.
|
Checks or unchecks the menu item.
|
||||||
@@ -607,7 +606,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
@remarks Any special menu codes are stripped out of source and target
|
@remarks Any special menu codes are stripped out of source and target
|
||||||
strings before matching.
|
strings before matching.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
int FindItem(const wxString& itemString) const;
|
virtual int FindItem(const wxString& itemString) const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Finds the menu item object associated with the given menu item identifier and,
|
Finds the menu item object associated with the given menu item identifier and,
|
||||||
@@ -639,7 +638,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
@see SetHelpString(), Append()
|
@see SetHelpString(), Append()
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
wxString GetHelpString(int id) const;
|
virtual wxString GetHelpString(int id) const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Returns a menu item label.
|
Returns a menu item label.
|
||||||
@@ -832,7 +831,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
@see GetHelpString()
|
@see GetHelpString()
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
void SetHelpString(int id, const wxString& helpString);
|
virtual void SetHelpString(int id, const wxString& helpString);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Sets the label of a menu item.
|
Sets the label of a menu item.
|
||||||
@@ -857,7 +856,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
@see GetTitle()
|
@see GetTitle()
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
void SetTitle(const wxString& title);
|
virtual void SetTitle(const wxString& title);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Sends events to @a source (or owning window if @NULL) to update the
|
Sends events to @a source (or owning window if @NULL) to update the
|
||||||
@@ -865,6 +864,6 @@ public:
|
|||||||
wxWindow::PopupMenu, but
|
wxWindow::PopupMenu, but
|
||||||
the application may call it at other times if required.
|
the application may call it at other times if required.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
void UpdateUI(wxEvtHandler* source = NULL) const;
|
void UpdateUI(wxEvtHandler* source = NULL);
|
||||||
};
|
};
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
@@ -68,18 +68,18 @@ public:
|
|||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Destructor.
|
Destructor.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
~wxMenuItem();
|
virtual ~wxMenuItem();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Checks or unchecks the menu item.
|
Checks or unchecks the menu item.
|
||||||
Note that this only works when the item is already appended to a menu.
|
Note that this only works when the item is already appended to a menu.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
void Check(bool check = true);
|
virtual void Check(bool check = true);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Enables or disables the menu item.
|
Enables or disables the menu item.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
void Enable(bool enable = true);
|
virtual void Enable(bool enable = true);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Returns the background colour associated with the menu item (Windows only).
|
Returns the background colour associated with the menu item (Windows only).
|
||||||
@@ -112,7 +112,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
@see GetItemLabelText(), GetLabelText()
|
@see GetItemLabelText(), GetLabelText()
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
wxString GetItemLabel() const;
|
virtual wxString GetItemLabel() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Returns the text associated with the menu item, without any accelerator
|
Returns the text associated with the menu item, without any accelerator
|
||||||
@@ -120,7 +120,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
@see GetItemLabel(), GetLabelText()
|
@see GetItemLabel(), GetLabelText()
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
wxString GetItemLabelText() const;
|
virtual wxString GetItemLabelText() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Returns the item kind, one of @c wxITEM_SEPARATOR, @c wxITEM_NORMAL,
|
Returns the item kind, one of @c wxITEM_SEPARATOR, @c wxITEM_NORMAL,
|
||||||
@@ -200,12 +200,12 @@ public:
|
|||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Returns @true if the item is checked.
|
Returns @true if the item is checked.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
bool IsChecked() const;
|
virtual bool IsChecked() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Returns @true if the item is enabled.
|
Returns @true if the item is enabled.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
bool IsEnabled() const;
|
virtual bool IsEnabled() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Returns @true if the item is a separator.
|
Returns @true if the item is a separator.
|
||||||
@@ -226,7 +226,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
Sets the bitmap for the menu item (Windows and GTK+ only). It is
|
Sets the bitmap for the menu item (Windows and GTK+ only). It is
|
||||||
equivalent to wxMenuItem::SetBitmaps(bmp, wxNullBitmap).
|
equivalent to wxMenuItem::SetBitmaps(bmp, wxNullBitmap).
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
void SetBitmap(const wxBitmap& bmp);
|
virtual void SetBitmap(const wxBitmap& bmp);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Sets the checked/unchecked bitmaps for the menu item (Windows only). The first
|
Sets the checked/unchecked bitmaps for the menu item (Windows only). The first
|
||||||
@@ -249,7 +249,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Sets the label associated with the menu item.
|
Sets the label associated with the menu item.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
void SetItemLabel(const wxString& label);
|
virtual void SetItemLabel(const wxString& label);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Sets the width of the menu item checkmark bitmap (Windows only).
|
Sets the width of the menu item checkmark bitmap (Windows only).
|
||||||
@@ -270,7 +270,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
Sets the text associated with the menu item.
|
Sets the text associated with the menu item.
|
||||||
@deprecated This function is deprecated in favour of SetItemLabel().
|
@deprecated This function is deprecated in favour of SetItemLabel().
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
void SetText(const wxString& text);
|
virtual void SetText(const wxString& text);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Sets the text colour associated with the menu item (Windows only).
|
Sets the text colour associated with the menu item (Windows only).
|
||||||
|
@@ -172,7 +172,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
with a brief description for this file type: for example, "text document" for
|
with a brief description for this file type: for example, "text document" for
|
||||||
the "text/plain" MIME type.
|
the "text/plain" MIME type.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
bool GetDescription(wxString* desc);
|
bool GetDescription(wxString* desc) const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
If the function returns @true, the array @a extensions is filled
|
If the function returns @true, the array @a extensions is filled
|
||||||
@@ -199,13 +199,13 @@ public:
|
|||||||
and KDE settings and thus GetIcon's success depends on availability
|
and KDE settings and thus GetIcon's success depends on availability
|
||||||
of these desktop environments.
|
of these desktop environments.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
bool GetIcon(wxIconLocation* iconLoc);
|
bool GetIcon(wxIconLocation* iconLoc) const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
If the function returns @true, the string pointed to by @a mimeType is filled
|
If the function returns @true, the string pointed to by @a mimeType is filled
|
||||||
with full MIME type specification for this file type: for example, "text/plain".
|
with full MIME type specification for this file type: for example, "text/plain".
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
bool GetMimeType(wxString* mimeType);
|
bool GetMimeType(wxString* mimeType) const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Same as GetMimeType() but returns array of MIME
|
Same as GetMimeType() but returns array of MIME
|
||||||
|
@@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Destructor. Destroys all child windows and menu bar if present.
|
Destructor. Destroys all child windows and menu bar if present.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
~wxMiniFrame();
|
virtual ~wxMiniFrame();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Used in two-step frame construction. See wxMiniFrame()
|
Used in two-step frame construction. See wxMiniFrame()
|
||||||
|
@@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Destructor.
|
Destructor.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
~wxModule();
|
virtual ~wxModule();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
//@{
|
//@{
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
|
@@ -110,14 +110,15 @@ public:
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
Please see the remarks in SetYesNoLabels() documentation.
|
Please see the remarks in SetYesNoLabels() documentation.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
bool SetOKCancelLabels(const ButtonLabel& ok, const ButtonLabel& cancel);
|
virtual bool SetOKCancelLabels(const ButtonLabel& ok,
|
||||||
|
const ButtonLabel& cancel);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Overrides the default label of the OK button.
|
Overrides the default label of the OK button.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Please see the remarks in SetYesNoLabels() documentation.
|
Please see the remarks in SetYesNoLabels() documentation.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
bool SetOKLabel(const ButtonLabel& ok);
|
virtual bool SetOKLabel(const ButtonLabel& ok);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Overrides the default labels of the Yes, No and Cancel buttons.
|
Overrides the default labels of the Yes, No and Cancel buttons.
|
||||||
@@ -157,7 +158,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
dlg.SetMessage(_("Do you really want to quit?"));
|
dlg.SetMessage(_("Do you really want to quit?"));
|
||||||
@endcode
|
@endcode
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
bool SetYesNoLabels(const ButtonLabel& yes, const ButtonLabel& no);
|
virtual bool SetYesNoLabels(const ButtonLabel& yes, const ButtonLabel& no);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Shows the dialog, returning one of wxID_OK, wxID_CANCEL, wxID_YES,
|
Shows the dialog, returning one of wxID_OK, wxID_CANCEL, wxID_YES,
|
||||||
@@ -166,7 +167,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
Notice that this method returns the identifier of the button which was
|
Notice that this method returns the identifier of the button which was
|
||||||
clicked unlike wxMessageBox() function.
|
clicked unlike wxMessageBox() function.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
int ShowModal();
|
virtual int ShowModal();
|
||||||
};
|
};
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Destructor.
|
Destructor.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
~wxMemoryOutputStream();
|
virtual ~wxMemoryOutputStream();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
CopyTo allowed you to transfer data from the internal buffer of
|
CopyTo allowed you to transfer data from the internal buffer of
|
||||||
@@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Destructor.
|
Destructor.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
~wxMemoryInputStream();
|
virtual ~wxMemoryInputStream();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Returns the pointer to the stream object used as an internal buffer
|
Returns the pointer to the stream object used as an internal buffer
|
||||||
|
@@ -251,10 +251,9 @@ public:
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
@see AddPage()
|
@see AddPage()
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
bool InsertPage(size_t index, wxNotebookPage* page,
|
virtual bool InsertPage(size_t index, wxNotebookPage* page,
|
||||||
const wxString& text,
|
const wxString& text, bool select = false,
|
||||||
bool select = false,
|
int imageId = -1);
|
||||||
int imageId = -1);
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
An event handler function, called when the page selection is changed.
|
An event handler function, called when the page selection is changed.
|
||||||
@@ -280,7 +279,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
Sets the amount of space around each page's icon and label, in pixels.
|
Sets the amount of space around each page's icon and label, in pixels.
|
||||||
@note The vertical padding cannot be changed in wxGTK.
|
@note The vertical padding cannot be changed in wxGTK.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
void SetPadding(const wxSize& padding);
|
virtual void SetPadding(const wxSize& padding);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Sets the image index for the given page. @a image is an index into
|
Sets the image index for the given page. @a image is an index into
|
||||||
|
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
some
|
some
|
||||||
systems automatically hidden notifications can't be hidden manually)
|
systems automatically hidden notifications can't be hidden manually)
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
bool Close();
|
virtual bool Close();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
This parameter can be currently used to specify the icon to show in the
|
This parameter can be currently used to specify the icon to show in the
|
||||||
@@ -83,6 +83,6 @@ public:
|
|||||||
and also because the user may be able to close the notification.
|
and also because the user may be able to close the notification.
|
||||||
Returns @false if an error occurred.
|
Returns @false if an error occurred.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
bool Show(int timeout = Timeout_Auto);
|
virtual bool Show(int timeout = Timeout_Auto);
|
||||||
};
|
};
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
@@ -200,7 +200,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
Performs dereferencing, for those objects that use reference counting.
|
Performs dereferencing, for those objects that use reference counting.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
~wxObject();
|
virtual ~wxObject();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
A virtual function that may be redefined by derived classes to allow dumping of
|
A virtual function that may be redefined by derived classes to allow dumping of
|
||||||
@@ -225,7 +225,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
This virtual function is redefined for every class that requires run-time
|
This virtual function is redefined for every class that requires run-time
|
||||||
type information, when using the ::DECLARE_CLASS macro (or similar).
|
type information, when using the ::DECLARE_CLASS macro (or similar).
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
wxClassInfo* GetClassInfo();
|
virtual wxClassInfo* GetClassInfo() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Returns the wxObject::m_refData pointer, i.e. the data referenced by this object.
|
Returns the wxObject::m_refData pointer, i.e. the data referenced by this object.
|
||||||
|
@@ -143,7 +143,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Destructor, destroying the owner-drawn combobox.
|
Destructor, destroying the owner-drawn combobox.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
~wxOwnerDrawnComboBox();
|
virtual ~wxOwnerDrawnComboBox();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
//@{
|
//@{
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
@@ -173,12 +173,12 @@ public:
|
|||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Returns index to the widest item in the list.
|
Returns index to the widest item in the list.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
int GetWidestItem() const;
|
virtual int GetWidestItem();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Returns width of the widest item in the list.
|
Returns width of the widest item in the list.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
int GetWidestItemWidth() const;
|
virtual int GetWidestItemWidth();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
This method is used to draw the items background and, maybe, a border around it.
|
This method is used to draw the items background and, maybe, a border around it.
|
||||||
|
@@ -70,7 +70,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
@see @ref overview_refcount_destruct "reference-counted object destruction"
|
@see @ref overview_refcount_destruct "reference-counted object destruction"
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
~wxPalette();
|
virtual ~wxPalette();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Creates a palette from arrays of size @a n, one for each red, blue or
|
Creates a palette from arrays of size @a n, one for each red, blue or
|
||||||
@@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Returns number of entries in palette.
|
Returns number of entries in palette.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
int GetColoursCount() const;
|
virtual int GetColoursCount() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Returns a pixel value (index into the palette) for the given RGB values.
|
Returns a pixel value (index into the palette) for the given RGB values.
|
||||||
|
@@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Destructor. Deletes any child windows before deleting the physical window.
|
Destructor. Deletes any child windows before deleting the physical window.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
~wxPanel();
|
virtual ~wxPanel();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
This method is overridden from wxWindow::AcceptsFocus()
|
This method is overridden from wxWindow::AcceptsFocus()
|
||||||
@@ -94,7 +94,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
@see wxInitDialogEvent
|
@see wxInitDialogEvent
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
void InitDialog();
|
virtual void InitDialog();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
The default handler for wxEVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED.
|
The default handler for wxEVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED.
|
||||||
@@ -130,6 +130,6 @@ public:
|
|||||||
In contrast to SetFocus() (see above) this will set the focus to the panel
|
In contrast to SetFocus() (see above) this will set the focus to the panel
|
||||||
even if there are child windows in the panel. This is only rarely needed.
|
even if there are child windows in the panel. This is only rarely needed.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
virtual void SetFocusIgnoringChildren();
|
void SetFocusIgnoringChildren();
|
||||||
};
|
};
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
@@ -201,7 +201,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
pointer to the pen object is stored in an application
|
pointer to the pen object is stored in an application
|
||||||
data structure, and there is a risk of double deletion.
|
data structure, and there is a risk of double deletion.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
~wxPen();
|
virtual ~wxPen();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Returns the pen cap style, which may be one of @c wxCAP_ROUND, @c
|
Returns the pen cap style, which may be one of @c wxCAP_ROUND, @c
|
||||||
|
@@ -55,29 +55,29 @@ public:
|
|||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Destructor.
|
Destructor.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
~wxPreviewControlBar();
|
virtual ~wxPreviewControlBar();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Creates buttons, according to value of the button style flags.
|
Creates buttons, according to value of the button style flags.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
@todo which flags??
|
@todo which flags??
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
void CreateButtons();
|
virtual void CreateButtons();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Gets the print preview object associated with the control bar.
|
Gets the print preview object associated with the control bar.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
wxPrintPreview* GetPrintPreview();
|
virtual wxPrintPreviewBase* GetPrintPreview() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Gets the current zoom setting in percent.
|
Gets the current zoom setting in percent.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
int GetZoomControl();
|
virtual int GetZoomControl();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Sets the zoom control.
|
Sets the zoom control.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
void SetZoomControl(int percent);
|
virtual void SetZoomControl(int percent);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
};
|
};
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
@@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Destructor.
|
Destructor.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
~wxPreviewCanvas();
|
virtual ~wxPreviewCanvas();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Calls wxPrintPreview::PaintPage() to refresh the canvas.
|
Calls wxPrintPreview::PaintPage() to refresh the canvas.
|
||||||
@@ -150,7 +150,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Destructor.
|
Destructor.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
~wxPreviewFrame();
|
virtual ~wxPreviewFrame();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Creates a wxPreviewCanvas.
|
Creates a wxPreviewCanvas.
|
||||||
@@ -158,7 +158,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
Override this function to allow a user-defined preview canvas object
|
Override this function to allow a user-defined preview canvas object
|
||||||
to be created.
|
to be created.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
void CreateCanvas();
|
virtual void CreateCanvas();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Creates a wxPreviewControlBar.
|
Creates a wxPreviewControlBar.
|
||||||
@@ -166,7 +166,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
Override this function to allow a user-defined preview control bar object
|
Override this function to allow a user-defined preview control bar object
|
||||||
to be created.
|
to be created.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
void CreateControlBar();
|
virtual void CreateControlBar();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Creates the preview canvas and control bar, and calls wxWindow::MakeModal(@true)
|
Creates the preview canvas and control bar, and calls wxWindow::MakeModal(@true)
|
||||||
@@ -174,7 +174,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
This function should be called by the application prior to showing the frame.
|
This function should be called by the application prior to showing the frame.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
void Initialize();
|
virtual void Initialize();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Enables the other frames in the application, and deletes the print preview
|
Enables the other frames in the application, and deletes the print preview
|
||||||
@@ -245,40 +245,40 @@ public:
|
|||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Gets the preview window used for displaying the print preview image.
|
Gets the preview window used for displaying the print preview image.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
wxPreviewCanvas* GetCanvas();
|
virtual wxPreviewCanvas* GetCanvas() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Gets the page currently being previewed.
|
Gets the page currently being previewed.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
int GetCurrentPage();
|
virtual int GetCurrentPage() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Gets the frame used for displaying the print preview canvas
|
Gets the frame used for displaying the print preview canvas
|
||||||
and control bar.
|
and control bar.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
wxFrame* GetFrame();
|
virtual wxFrame* GetFrame() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Returns the maximum page number.
|
Returns the maximum page number.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
int GetMaxPage();
|
virtual int GetMaxPage() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Returns the minimum page number.
|
Returns the minimum page number.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
int GetMinPage();
|
virtual int GetMinPage() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Gets the preview printout object associated with the wxPrintPreview object.
|
Gets the preview printout object associated with the wxPrintPreview object.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
wxPrintout* GetPrintout();
|
virtual wxPrintout* GetPrintout() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Gets the printout object to be used for printing from within the preview
|
Gets the printout object to be used for printing from within the preview
|
||||||
interface,
|
interface,
|
||||||
or @NULL if none exists.
|
or @NULL if none exists.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
wxPrintout* GetPrintoutForPrinting();
|
virtual wxPrintout* GetPrintoutForPrinting() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Returns @true if the wxPrintPreview is valid, @false otherwise.
|
Returns @true if the wxPrintPreview is valid, @false otherwise.
|
||||||
@@ -286,7 +286,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
It could return @false if there was a problem initializing the printer
|
It could return @false if there was a problem initializing the printer
|
||||||
device context (current printer not set, for example).
|
device context (current printer not set, for example).
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
bool IsOk();
|
virtual bool IsOk() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
This refreshes the preview window with the preview image.
|
This refreshes the preview window with the preview image.
|
||||||
@@ -306,17 +306,17 @@ public:
|
|||||||
Returns @false in case of error -- call wxPrinter::GetLastError()
|
Returns @false in case of error -- call wxPrinter::GetLastError()
|
||||||
to get detailed information about the kind of the error.
|
to get detailed information about the kind of the error.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
bool Print(bool prompt);
|
virtual bool Print(bool prompt);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Renders a page into a wxMemoryDC. Used internally by wxPrintPreview.
|
Renders a page into a wxMemoryDC. Used internally by wxPrintPreview.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
bool RenderPage(int pageNum);
|
virtual bool RenderPage(int pageNum);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Sets the window to be used for displaying the print preview image.
|
Sets the window to be used for displaying the print preview image.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
void SetCanvas(wxPreviewCanvas* window);
|
virtual void SetCanvas(wxPreviewCanvas* window);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Sets the current page to be previewed.
|
Sets the current page to be previewed.
|
||||||
@@ -327,17 +327,17 @@ public:
|
|||||||
Sets the frame to be used for displaying the print preview canvas
|
Sets the frame to be used for displaying the print preview canvas
|
||||||
and control bar.
|
and control bar.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
void SetFrame(wxFrame* frame);
|
virtual void SetFrame(wxFrame* frame);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Associates a printout object with the wxPrintPreview object.
|
Associates a printout object with the wxPrintPreview object.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
void SetPrintout(wxPrintout* printout);
|
virtual void SetPrintout(wxPrintout* printout);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Sets the percentage preview zoom, and refreshes the preview canvas accordingly.
|
Sets the percentage preview zoom, and refreshes the preview canvas accordingly.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
void SetZoom(int percent);
|
virtual void SetZoom(int percent);
|
||||||
};
|
};
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
@@ -378,7 +378,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Returns @true if the user has aborted the print job.
|
Returns @true if the user has aborted the print job.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
bool GetAbort();
|
bool GetAbort() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Return last error. Valid after calling Print(), PrintDialog() or
|
Return last error. Valid after calling Print(), PrintDialog() or
|
||||||
@@ -400,7 +400,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
Returns the @ref overview_printing_printdata "print data" associated with
|
Returns the @ref overview_printing_printdata "print data" associated with
|
||||||
the printer object.
|
the printer object.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
wxPrintDialogData& GetPrintDialogData();
|
virtual wxPrintDialogData& GetPrintDialogData() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Starts the printing process. Provide a parent window, a user-defined wxPrintout
|
Starts the printing process. Provide a parent window, a user-defined wxPrintout
|
||||||
@@ -424,7 +424,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
@remarks
|
@remarks
|
||||||
The application must delete this device context to avoid a memory leak.
|
The application must delete this device context to avoid a memory leak.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
wxDC* PrintDialog(wxWindow* parent);
|
virtual wxDC* PrintDialog(wxWindow* parent);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Default error-reporting function.
|
Default error-reporting function.
|
||||||
@@ -439,7 +439,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
The setup dialog is obsolete from Windows 95, though retained
|
The setup dialog is obsolete from Windows 95, though retained
|
||||||
for backward compatibility.
|
for backward compatibility.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
bool Setup(wxWindow* parent);
|
virtual bool Setup(wxWindow* parent);
|
||||||
};
|
};
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
@@ -490,7 +490,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Destructor.
|
Destructor.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
~wxPrintout();
|
virtual ~wxPrintout();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Set the user scale and device origin of the wxDC associated with this wxPrintout
|
Set the user scale and device origin of the wxDC associated with this wxPrintout
|
||||||
@@ -544,7 +544,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
This will be a wxPrinterDC if printing under Windows or Mac, a wxPostScriptDC
|
This will be a wxPrinterDC if printing under Windows or Mac, a wxPostScriptDC
|
||||||
if printing on other platforms, and a wxMemoryDC if previewing.
|
if printing on other platforms, and a wxMemoryDC if previewing.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
wxDC* GetDC();
|
wxDC* GetDC() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Return the rectangle corresponding to the page margins specified by the given
|
Return the rectangle corresponding to the page margins specified by the given
|
||||||
@@ -554,7 +554,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
The page margins are specified with respect to the edges of the paper on all
|
The page margins are specified with respect to the edges of the paper on all
|
||||||
platforms.
|
platforms.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
wxRect GetLogicalPageMarginsRect(const wxPageSetupDialogData& pageSetupData);
|
wxRect GetLogicalPageMarginsRect(const wxPageSetupDialogData& pageSetupData) const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Return the rectangle corresponding to the page in the associated wxDC 's
|
Return the rectangle corresponding to the page in the associated wxDC 's
|
||||||
@@ -564,13 +564,13 @@ public:
|
|||||||
On other platforms and PostScript printing, this will be the full paper
|
On other platforms and PostScript printing, this will be the full paper
|
||||||
rectangle.
|
rectangle.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
wxRect GetLogicalPageRect();
|
wxRect GetLogicalPageRect() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Return the rectangle corresponding to the paper in the associated wxDC 's
|
Return the rectangle corresponding to the paper in the associated wxDC 's
|
||||||
logical coordinates for the current user scale and device origin.
|
logical coordinates for the current user scale and device origin.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
wxRect GetLogicalPaperRect();
|
wxRect GetLogicalPaperRect() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Returns the number of pixels per logical inch of the printer device context.
|
Returns the number of pixels per logical inch of the printer device context.
|
||||||
@@ -587,7 +587,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
This method returns the output-only parameters as a tuple.
|
This method returns the output-only parameters as a tuple.
|
||||||
@endWxPythonOnly
|
@endWxPythonOnly
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
void GetPPIPrinter(int* w, int* h);
|
void GetPPIPrinter(int* w, int* h) const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Returns the number of pixels per logical inch of the screen device context.
|
Returns the number of pixels per logical inch of the screen device context.
|
||||||
@@ -602,7 +602,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
This method returns the output-only parameters as a tuple.
|
This method returns the output-only parameters as a tuple.
|
||||||
@endWxPythonOnly
|
@endWxPythonOnly
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
void GetPPIScreen(int* w, int* h);
|
void GetPPIScreen(int* w, int* h) const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Called by the framework to obtain information from the application about minimum
|
Called by the framework to obtain information from the application about minimum
|
||||||
@@ -631,7 +631,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
This method returns the output-only parameters as a tuple.
|
This method returns the output-only parameters as a tuple.
|
||||||
@endWxPythonOnly
|
@endWxPythonOnly
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
void GetPageSizeMM(int* w, int* h);
|
void GetPageSizeMM(int* w, int* h) const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Returns the size of the printer page in pixels, called the page rectangle.
|
Returns the size of the printer page in pixels, called the page rectangle.
|
||||||
@@ -647,7 +647,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
This method returns the output-only parameters as a tuple.
|
This method returns the output-only parameters as a tuple.
|
||||||
@endWxPythonOnly
|
@endWxPythonOnly
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
void GetPageSizePixels(int* w, int* h);
|
void GetPageSizePixels(int* w, int* h) const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Returns the rectangle that corresponds to the entire paper in pixels, called the
|
Returns the rectangle that corresponds to the entire paper in pixels, called the
|
||||||
@@ -668,14 +668,14 @@ public:
|
|||||||
area were printable, so this function will return the same rectangle as the page
|
area were printable, so this function will return the same rectangle as the page
|
||||||
rectangle.
|
rectangle.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
wxRect GetPaperRectPixels();
|
wxRect GetPaperRectPixels() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Returns the title of the printout.
|
Returns the title of the printout.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
@todo the python note here was wrong
|
@todo the python note here was wrong
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
wxString GetTitle();
|
virtual wxString GetTitle() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Should be overridden to return @true if the document has this page, or @false
|
Should be overridden to return @true if the document has this page, or @false
|
||||||
@@ -684,12 +684,12 @@ public:
|
|||||||
Returning @false signifies the end of the document. By default,
|
Returning @false signifies the end of the document. By default,
|
||||||
HasPage behaves as if the document has only one page.
|
HasPage behaves as if the document has only one page.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
bool HasPage(int pageNum);
|
virtual bool HasPage(int pageNum);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Returns @true if the printout is currently being used for previewing.
|
Returns @true if the printout is currently being used for previewing.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
bool IsPreview();
|
virtual bool IsPreview() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Set the user scale and device origin of the wxDC associated with this wxPrintout
|
Set the user scale and device origin of the wxDC associated with this wxPrintout
|
||||||
@@ -757,7 +757,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
be called by using the method <tt>base_OnBeginDocument(startPage, endPage)</tt>.
|
be called by using the method <tt>base_OnBeginDocument(startPage, endPage)</tt>.
|
||||||
@endWxPythonOnly
|
@endWxPythonOnly
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
bool OnBeginDocument(int startPage, int endPage);
|
virtual bool OnBeginDocument(int startPage, int endPage);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Called by the framework at the start of printing.
|
Called by the framework at the start of printing.
|
||||||
@@ -765,7 +765,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
OnBeginPrinting() is called once for every print job
|
OnBeginPrinting() is called once for every print job
|
||||||
(regardless of how many copies are being printed).
|
(regardless of how many copies are being printed).
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
void OnBeginPrinting();
|
virtual void OnBeginPrinting();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Called by the framework at the end of document printing.
|
Called by the framework at the end of document printing.
|
||||||
@@ -776,7 +776,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
The base OnEndDocument() must be called from within the overridden function,
|
The base OnEndDocument() must be called from within the overridden function,
|
||||||
since it calls wxDC::EndDoc().
|
since it calls wxDC::EndDoc().
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
void OnEndDocument();
|
virtual void OnEndDocument();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Called by the framework at the end of printing.
|
Called by the framework at the end of printing.
|
||||||
@@ -784,7 +784,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
OnEndPrinting is called once for every print job
|
OnEndPrinting is called once for every print job
|
||||||
(regardless of how many copies are being printed).
|
(regardless of how many copies are being printed).
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
void OnEndPrinting();
|
virtual void OnEndPrinting();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Called once by the framework before any other demands are made of the
|
Called once by the framework before any other demands are made of the
|
||||||
@@ -793,7 +793,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
This gives the object an opportunity to calculate the number of pages
|
This gives the object an opportunity to calculate the number of pages
|
||||||
in the document, for example.
|
in the document, for example.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
void OnPreparePrinting();
|
virtual void OnPreparePrinting();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Called by the framework when a page should be printed. Returning @false cancels
|
Called by the framework when a page should be printed. Returning @false cancels
|
||||||
|
@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
If GetPrintDC() has not been called, the device context obtained by
|
If GetPrintDC() has not been called, the device context obtained by
|
||||||
the dialog (if any) will be deleted.
|
the dialog (if any) will be deleted.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
~wxPrintDialog();
|
virtual ~wxPrintDialog();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Returns the device context created by the print dialog, if any.
|
Returns the device context created by the print dialog, if any.
|
||||||
@@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
is transferred to the application, so it must then be deleted
|
is transferred to the application, so it must then be deleted
|
||||||
explicitly.
|
explicitly.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
wxDC* GetPrintDC();
|
virtual wxDC* GetPrintDC();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Returns the @ref overview_printing_printdata "print dialog data" associated
|
Returns the @ref overview_printing_printdata "print dialog data" associated
|
||||||
@@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
After this function is called, a device context may be retrievable using
|
After this function is called, a device context may be retrievable using
|
||||||
GetPrintDC().
|
GetPrintDC().
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
int ShowModal();
|
virtual int ShowModal();
|
||||||
};
|
};
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
@@ -110,7 +110,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Destructor.
|
Destructor.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
~wxPageSetupDialog();
|
virtual ~wxPageSetupDialog();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Returns the wxPageSetupDialogData object associated with the dialog.
|
Returns the wxPageSetupDialogData object associated with the dialog.
|
||||||
|
@@ -100,7 +100,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Destroys the wxProcess object.
|
Destroys the wxProcess object.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
~wxProcess();
|
virtual ~wxProcess();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Closes the output stream (the one connected to the stdin of the child
|
Closes the output stream (the one connected to the stdin of the child
|
||||||
@@ -214,7 +214,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
@param status
|
@param status
|
||||||
The exit code of the process.
|
The exit code of the process.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
void OnTerminate(int pid, int status);
|
virtual void OnTerminate(int pid, int status);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
This static method replaces the standard @c popen() function: it launches
|
This static method replaces the standard @c popen() function: it launches
|
||||||
@@ -290,6 +290,6 @@ public:
|
|||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Returns the process id.
|
Returns the process id.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
int GetPid() const;
|
int GetPid();
|
||||||
};
|
};
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
@@ -70,7 +70,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Destructor. Deletes the dialog and enables all top level windows.
|
Destructor. Deletes the dialog and enables all top level windows.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
~wxProgressDialog();
|
virtual ~wxProgressDialog();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Works like Update() but makes the gauge control run in indeterminate mode
|
Works like Update() but makes the gauge control run in indeterminate mode
|
||||||
|
@@ -174,7 +174,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
@note On PocketPC, this does nothing, since the dialog will be shown full-screen,
|
@note On PocketPC, this does nothing, since the dialog will be shown full-screen,
|
||||||
and the layout will be done when the dialog receives a size event.
|
and the layout will be done when the dialog receives a size event.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
void LayoutDialog(int centreFlags = wxBOTH);
|
virtual void LayoutDialog(int centreFlags = wxBOTH);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Sets the book control used for the dialog.
|
Sets the book control used for the dialog.
|
||||||
|
@@ -97,13 +97,13 @@ public:
|
|||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Destructor will close the connection if connected.
|
Destructor will close the connection if connected.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
~wxFTP();
|
virtual ~wxFTP();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Aborts the download currently in process, returns @true if ok, @false
|
Aborts the download currently in process, returns @true if ok, @false
|
||||||
if an error occurred.
|
if an error occurred.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
bool Abort();
|
virtual bool Abort();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Change the current FTP working directory.
|
Change the current FTP working directory.
|
||||||
@@ -192,7 +192,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
@return Returns @NULL if an error occurred (it could be a network failure
|
@return Returns @NULL if an error occurred (it could be a network failure
|
||||||
or the fact that the file doesn't exist).
|
or the fact that the file doesn't exist).
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
wxInputStream* GetInputStream(const wxString& path);
|
virtual wxInputStream* GetInputStream(const wxString& path);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Returns the last command result, i.e. the full server reply for the last command.
|
Returns the last command result, i.e. the full server reply for the last command.
|
||||||
@@ -209,7 +209,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
@see wxOutputStream
|
@see wxOutputStream
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
wxOutputStream* GetOutputStream(const wxString& file);
|
virtual wxOutputStream* GetOutputStream(const wxString& file);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Create the specified directory in the current FTP working directory.
|
Create the specified directory in the current FTP working directory.
|
||||||
@@ -266,7 +266,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Sets the password to be sent to the FTP server to be allowed to log in.
|
Sets the password to be sent to the FTP server to be allowed to log in.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
void SetPassword(const wxString& passwd);
|
virtual void SetPassword(const wxString& passwd);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Sets the transfer mode to the specified one. It will be used for the next
|
Sets the transfer mode to the specified one. It will be used for the next
|
||||||
@@ -279,6 +279,6 @@ public:
|
|||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Sets the user name to be sent to the FTP server to be allowed to log in.
|
Sets the user name to be sent to the FTP server to be allowed to log in.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
void SetUser(const wxString& user);
|
virtual void SetUser(const wxString& user);
|
||||||
};
|
};
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
@@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
The header is not case-sensitive, i.e. "CONTENT-TYPE" and "content-type"
|
The header is not case-sensitive, i.e. "CONTENT-TYPE" and "content-type"
|
||||||
represent the same header.
|
represent the same header.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
wxString GetHeader(const wxString& header);
|
wxString GetHeader(const wxString& header) const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Creates a new input stream on the specified path.
|
Creates a new input stream on the specified path.
|
||||||
@@ -64,14 +64,14 @@ public:
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
@see wxInputStream
|
@see wxInputStream
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
wxInputStream* GetInputStream(const wxString& path);
|
virtual wxInputStream* GetInputStream(const wxString& path);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Returns the HTTP response code returned by the server.
|
Returns the HTTP response code returned by the server.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Please refer to RFC 2616 for the list of responses.
|
Please refer to RFC 2616 for the list of responses.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
int GetResponse() const;
|
int GetResponse();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
It sets data of a field to be sent during the next request to the HTTP server.
|
It sets data of a field to be sent during the next request to the HTTP server.
|
||||||
|
@@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Returns the type of the content of the last opened stream. It is a mime-type.
|
Returns the type of the content of the last opened stream. It is a mime-type.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
wxString GetContentType();
|
virtual wxString GetContentType();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Returns the last occurred error.
|
Returns the last occurred error.
|
||||||
@@ -87,11 +87,11 @@ public:
|
|||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Sets the authentication password. It is mainly useful when FTP is used.
|
Sets the authentication password. It is mainly useful when FTP is used.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
void SetPassword(const wxString& user);
|
virtual void SetPassword(const wxString& user);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Sets the authentication user. It is mainly useful when FTP is used.
|
Sets the authentication user. It is mainly useful when FTP is used.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
void SetUser(const wxString& user);
|
virtual void SetUser(const wxString& user);
|
||||||
};
|
};
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
@@ -133,7 +133,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Destructor, destroying the radiobox item.
|
Destructor, destroying the radiobox item.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
~wxRadioBox();
|
virtual ~wxRadioBox();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Creates the radiobox for two-step construction. See wxRadioBox()
|
Creates the radiobox for two-step construction. See wxRadioBox()
|
||||||
@@ -243,7 +243,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
@param n
|
@param n
|
||||||
The zero-based button position.
|
The zero-based button position.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
bool IsItemEnabled(unsigned int n) const;
|
virtual bool IsItemEnabled(unsigned int n) const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Returns @true if the item is currently shown or @false if it was hidden
|
Returns @true if the item is currently shown or @false if it was hidden
|
||||||
@@ -258,7 +258,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
@param n
|
@param n
|
||||||
The zero-based button position.
|
The zero-based button position.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
bool IsItemShown(unsigned int n) const;
|
virtual bool IsItemShown(unsigned int n) const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Sets the helptext for an item. Empty string erases any existing helptext.
|
Sets the helptext for an item. Empty string erases any existing helptext.
|
||||||
|
@@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Destructor, destroying the radio button item.
|
Destructor, destroying the radio button item.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
~wxRadioButton();
|
virtual ~wxRadioButton();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Creates the choice for two-step construction. See wxRadioButton() for
|
Creates the choice for two-step construction. See wxRadioButton() for
|
||||||
@@ -105,7 +105,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Returns @true if the radio button is depressed, @false otherwise.
|
Returns @true if the radio button is depressed, @false otherwise.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
bool GetValue() const;
|
virtual bool GetValue() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Sets the radio button to selected or deselected status. This does not cause a
|
Sets the radio button to selected or deselected status. This does not cause a
|
||||||
|
@@ -198,12 +198,12 @@ public:
|
|||||||
See @ref overview_refcount_destruct "reference-counted object destruction" for
|
See @ref overview_refcount_destruct "reference-counted object destruction" for
|
||||||
more info.
|
more info.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
~wxRegion();
|
virtual ~wxRegion();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Clears the current region.
|
Clears the current region.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
void Clear();
|
virtual void Clear();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Returns a value indicating whether the given point is contained within the region.
|
Returns a value indicating whether the given point is contained within the region.
|
||||||
@@ -291,7 +291,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Returns @true if the region is empty, @false otherwise.
|
Returns @true if the region is empty, @false otherwise.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
bool IsEmpty() const;
|
virtual bool IsEmpty() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Returns @true if the region is equal to, i.e. covers the same area as,
|
Returns @true if the region is equal to, i.e. covers the same area as,
|
||||||
|
@@ -285,7 +285,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Virtual destructor as for any base class.
|
Virtual destructor as for any base class.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
~wxRendererNative();
|
virtual ~wxRendererNative();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Draw a check box.
|
Draw a check box.
|
||||||
|
@@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Destructor.
|
Destructor.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
~wxRichTextBuffer();
|
virtual ~wxRichTextBuffer();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Adds an event handler to the buffer's list of handlers. A buffer associated with
|
Adds an event handler to the buffer's list of handlers. A buffer associated with
|
||||||
@@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Adds a file handler.
|
Adds a file handler.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
void AddHandler(wxRichTextFileHandler* handler);
|
static void AddHandler(wxRichTextFileHandler* handler);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Adds a paragraph of text.
|
Adds a paragraph of text.
|
||||||
@@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
Returns @true if the buffer is currently collapsing commands into a single
|
Returns @true if the buffer is currently collapsing commands into a single
|
||||||
notional command.
|
notional command.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
bool BatchingUndo() const;
|
virtual bool BatchingUndo() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Begins using alignment.
|
Begins using alignment.
|
||||||
@@ -72,7 +72,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
@a cmdName should be the name of the combined command that will appear
|
@a cmdName should be the name of the combined command that will appear
|
||||||
next to Undo and Redo in the edit menu.
|
next to Undo and Redo in the edit menu.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
bool BeginBatchUndo(const wxString& cmdName);
|
virtual bool BeginBatchUndo(const wxString& cmdName);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Begin applying bold.
|
Begin applying bold.
|
||||||
@@ -179,7 +179,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Begins using a specified style.
|
Begins using a specified style.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
bool BeginStyle(const wxTextAttr& style);
|
virtual bool BeginStyle(const wxTextAttr& style);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Begins suppressing undo/redo commands. The way undo is suppressed may be
|
Begins suppressing undo/redo commands. The way undo is suppressed may be
|
||||||
@@ -189,7 +189,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
history
|
history
|
||||||
when the action is submitted to the command processor.
|
when the action is submitted to the command processor.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
bool BeginSuppressUndo();
|
virtual bool BeginSuppressUndo();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Begins applying a symbol bullet, using a character from the current font. See
|
Begins applying a symbol bullet, using a character from the current font. See
|
||||||
@@ -222,12 +222,12 @@ public:
|
|||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Returns @true if content can be pasted from the clipboard.
|
Returns @true if content can be pasted from the clipboard.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
bool CanPasteFromClipboard() const;
|
virtual bool CanPasteFromClipboard() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Cleans up the file handlers.
|
Cleans up the file handlers.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
void CleanUpHandlers();
|
static void CleanUpHandlers();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Clears the buffer.
|
Clears the buffer.
|
||||||
@@ -251,12 +251,12 @@ public:
|
|||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Clears the style stack.
|
Clears the style stack.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
void ClearStyleStack();
|
virtual void ClearStyleStack();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Clones the object.
|
Clones the object.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
wxRichTextObject* Clone() const;
|
virtual wxRichTextObject* Clone() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Copies the given buffer.
|
Copies the given buffer.
|
||||||
@@ -266,7 +266,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Copy the given range to the clipboard.
|
Copy the given range to the clipboard.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
bool CopyToClipboard(const wxRichTextRange& range);
|
virtual bool CopyToClipboard(const wxRichTextRange& range);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Submits a command to delete the given range.
|
Submits a command to delete the given range.
|
||||||
@@ -290,12 +290,12 @@ public:
|
|||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Ends all styles that have been started with a Begin... command.
|
Ends all styles that have been started with a Begin... command.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
bool EndAllStyles();
|
virtual bool EndAllStyles();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Ends collapsing undo/redo commands, and submits the combined command.
|
Ends collapsing undo/redo commands, and submits the combined command.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
bool EndBatchUndo();
|
virtual bool EndBatchUndo();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Ends using bold.
|
Ends using bold.
|
||||||
@@ -365,12 +365,12 @@ public:
|
|||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Ends the current style.
|
Ends the current style.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
bool EndStyle();
|
virtual bool EndStyle();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Ends suppressing undo/redo commands.
|
Ends suppressing undo/redo commands.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
bool EndSuppressUndo();
|
virtual bool EndSuppressUndo();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Ends using a symbol bullet.
|
Ends using a symbol bullet.
|
||||||
@@ -419,7 +419,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Gets the collapsed command.
|
Gets the collapsed command.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
wxRichTextCommand* GetBatchedCommand() const;
|
virtual wxRichTextCommand* GetBatchedCommand() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Gets the command processor. A text buffer always creates its own command
|
Gets the command processor. A text buffer always creates its own command
|
||||||
@@ -499,12 +499,12 @@ public:
|
|||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Returns the current style sheet associated with the buffer, if any.
|
Returns the current style sheet associated with the buffer, if any.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
wxRichTextStyleSheet* GetStyleSheet() const;
|
virtual wxRichTextStyleSheet* GetStyleSheet() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Get the size of the style stack, for example to check correct nesting.
|
Get the size of the style stack, for example to check correct nesting.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
size_t GetStyleStackSize() const;
|
virtual size_t GetStyleStackSize() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Gets the attributes at the given position.
|
Gets the attributes at the given position.
|
||||||
@@ -538,12 +538,12 @@ public:
|
|||||||
loading/saving handler
|
loading/saving handler
|
||||||
is initialised by default.
|
is initialised by default.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
void InitStandardHandlers();
|
static void InitStandardHandlers();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Inserts a handler at the front of the list.
|
Inserts a handler at the front of the list.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
void InsertHandler(wxRichTextFileHandler* handler);
|
static void InsertHandler(wxRichTextFileHandler* handler);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Submits a command to insert the given image.
|
Submits a command to insert the given image.
|
||||||
@@ -612,7 +612,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Pastes the clipboard content to the buffer at the given position.
|
Pastes the clipboard content to the buffer at the given position.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
bool PasteFromClipboard(long position);
|
virtual bool PasteFromClipboard(long position);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
//@{
|
//@{
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
@@ -649,12 +649,12 @@ public:
|
|||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Removes a handler.
|
Removes a handler.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
bool RemoveHandler(const wxString& name);
|
static bool RemoveHandler(const wxString& name);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Clears the buffer, adds a new blank paragraph, and clears the command history.
|
Clears the buffer, adds a new blank paragraph, and clears the command history.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
void ResetAndClearCommands();
|
virtual void ResetAndClearCommands();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
//@{
|
//@{
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
@@ -760,12 +760,12 @@ public:
|
|||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Submit an action immediately, or delay it according to whether collapsing is on.
|
Submit an action immediately, or delay it according to whether collapsing is on.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
bool SubmitAction(wxRichTextAction* action);
|
virtual bool SubmitAction(wxRichTextAction* action);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Returns @true if undo suppression is currently on.
|
Returns @true if undo suppression is currently on.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
bool SuppressingUndo() const;
|
virtual bool SuppressingUndo() const;
|
||||||
};
|
};
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
@@ -794,17 +794,17 @@ public:
|
|||||||
filename. By default,
|
filename. By default,
|
||||||
this function checks the extension.
|
this function checks the extension.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
bool CanHandle(const wxString& filename) const;
|
virtual bool CanHandle(const wxString& filename) const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Override and return @true if this handler can load content.
|
Override and return @true if this handler can load content.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
bool CanLoad() const;
|
virtual bool CanLoad() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Override and return @true if this handler can save content.
|
Override and return @true if this handler can save content.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
bool CanSave() const;
|
virtual bool CanSave() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Override to load content from @a stream into @e buffer.
|
Override to load content from @a stream into @e buffer.
|
||||||
@@ -846,7 +846,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Returns @true if this handler should be visible to the user.
|
Returns @true if this handler should be visible to the user.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
bool IsVisible() const;
|
virtual bool IsVisible() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
//@{
|
//@{
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
@@ -905,7 +905,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
load and save
|
load and save
|
||||||
dialogs).
|
dialogs).
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
void SetVisible(bool visible);
|
virtual void SetVisible(bool visible);
|
||||||
};
|
};
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
@@ -163,43 +163,43 @@ public:
|
|||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Destructor.
|
Destructor.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
~wxRichTextCtrl();
|
virtual ~wxRichTextCtrl();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Adds an image to the control's buffer.
|
Adds an image to the control's buffer.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
wxRichTextRange AddImage(const wxImage& image);
|
virtual wxRichTextRange AddImage(const wxImage& image);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Adds a new paragraph of text to the end of the buffer.
|
Adds a new paragraph of text to the end of the buffer.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
wxRichTextRange AddParagraph(const wxString& text);
|
virtual wxRichTextRange AddParagraph(const wxString& text);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Sets the insertion point to the end of the buffer and writes the text.
|
Sets the insertion point to the end of the buffer and writes the text.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
void AppendText(const wxString& text);
|
virtual void AppendText(const wxString& text);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Applies the given alignment to the selection (undoable).
|
Applies the given alignment to the selection (undoable).
|
||||||
For alignment values, see wxTextAttr.
|
For alignment values, see wxTextAttr.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
bool ApplyAlignmentToSelection(wxTextAttrAlignment alignment);
|
virtual bool ApplyAlignmentToSelection(wxTextAttrAlignment alignment);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Apples bold to the selection (undoable).
|
Apples bold to the selection (undoable).
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
bool ApplyBoldToSelection();
|
virtual bool ApplyBoldToSelection();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Applies italic to the selection (undoable).
|
Applies italic to the selection (undoable).
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
bool ApplyItalicToSelection();
|
virtual bool ApplyItalicToSelection();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Applies the given style to the selection.
|
Applies the given style to the selection.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
bool ApplyStyle(wxRichTextStyleDefinition* def);
|
virtual bool ApplyStyle(wxRichTextStyleDefinition* def);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Applies the style sheet to the buffer, matching paragraph styles in the sheet
|
Applies the style sheet to the buffer, matching paragraph styles in the sheet
|
||||||
@@ -214,12 +214,12 @@ public:
|
|||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Applies underline to the selection (undoable).
|
Applies underline to the selection (undoable).
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
bool ApplyUnderlineToSelection();
|
virtual bool ApplyUnderlineToSelection();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Returns @true if undo commands are being batched.
|
Returns @true if undo commands are being batched.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
bool BatchingUndo() const;
|
virtual bool BatchingUndo() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Begins using alignment
|
Begins using alignment
|
||||||
@@ -230,7 +230,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Starts batching undo history for commands.
|
Starts batching undo history for commands.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
bool BeginBatchUndo(const wxString& cmdName);
|
virtual bool BeginBatchUndo(const wxString& cmdName);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Begins using bold.
|
Begins using bold.
|
||||||
@@ -332,12 +332,12 @@ public:
|
|||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Begins applying a style.
|
Begins applying a style.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
bool BeginStyle(const wxTextAttr& style);
|
virtual bool BeginStyle(const wxTextAttr& style);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Starts suppressing undo history for commands.
|
Starts suppressing undo history for commands.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
bool BeginSuppressUndo();
|
virtual bool BeginSuppressUndo();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Begins applying a symbol bullet, using a character from the current font. See
|
Begins applying a symbol bullet, using a character from the current font. See
|
||||||
@@ -370,37 +370,37 @@ public:
|
|||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Returns @true if selected content can be copied to the clipboard.
|
Returns @true if selected content can be copied to the clipboard.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
bool CanCopy() const;
|
virtual bool CanCopy() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Returns @true if selected content can be copied to the clipboard and deleted.
|
Returns @true if selected content can be copied to the clipboard and deleted.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
bool CanCut() const;
|
virtual bool CanCut() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Returns @true if selected content can be deleted.
|
Returns @true if selected content can be deleted.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
bool CanDeleteSelection() const;
|
virtual bool CanDeleteSelection() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Returns @true if the clipboard content can be pasted to the buffer.
|
Returns @true if the clipboard content can be pasted to the buffer.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
bool CanPaste() const;
|
virtual bool CanPaste() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Returns @true if there is a command in the command history that can be redone.
|
Returns @true if there is a command in the command history that can be redone.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
bool CanRedo() const;
|
virtual bool CanRedo() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Returns @true if there is a command in the command history that can be undone.
|
Returns @true if there is a command in the command history that can be undone.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
bool CanUndo() const;
|
virtual bool CanUndo() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Clears the buffer content, leaving a single empty paragraph. Cannot be undone.
|
Clears the buffer content, leaving a single empty paragraph. Cannot be undone.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
void Clear();
|
virtual void Clear();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
//@{
|
//@{
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
@@ -419,12 +419,12 @@ public:
|
|||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Sends the event to the control.
|
Sends the event to the control.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
void Command(wxCommandEvent& event);
|
virtual void Command(wxCommandEvent& event);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Copies the selected content (if any) to the clipboard.
|
Copies the selected content (if any) to the clipboard.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
void Copy();
|
virtual void Copy();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Creates the underlying window.
|
Creates the underlying window.
|
||||||
@@ -441,12 +441,12 @@ public:
|
|||||||
Copies the selected content (if any) to the clipboard and deletes the selection.
|
Copies the selected content (if any) to the clipboard and deletes the selection.
|
||||||
This is undoable.
|
This is undoable.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
void Cut();
|
virtual void Cut();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Deletes the content within the given range.
|
Deletes the content within the given range.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
bool Delete(const wxRichTextRange& range);
|
virtual bool Delete(const wxRichTextRange& range);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Deletes content if there is a selection, e.g. when pressing a key.
|
Deletes content if there is a selection, e.g. when pressing a key.
|
||||||
@@ -458,13 +458,13 @@ public:
|
|||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Deletes the content in the selection, if any. This is undoable.
|
Deletes the content in the selection, if any. This is undoable.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
void DeleteSelection();
|
virtual void DeleteSelection();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Sets the buffer's modified status to @false, and clears the buffer's command
|
Sets the buffer's modified status to @false, and clears the buffer's command
|
||||||
history.
|
history.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
void DiscardEdits();
|
virtual void DiscardEdits();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Currently this simply returns @c wxSize(10, 10).
|
Currently this simply returns @c wxSize(10, 10).
|
||||||
@@ -479,12 +479,12 @@ public:
|
|||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Ends application of all styles in the current style stack.
|
Ends application of all styles in the current style stack.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
bool EndAllStyles();
|
virtual bool EndAllStyles();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Ends batching undo command history.
|
Ends batching undo command history.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
bool EndBatchUndo();
|
virtual bool EndBatchUndo();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Ends using bold.
|
Ends using bold.
|
||||||
@@ -549,12 +549,12 @@ public:
|
|||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Ends the current style.
|
Ends the current style.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
bool EndStyle();
|
virtual bool EndStyle();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Ends suppressing undo command history.
|
Ends suppressing undo command history.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
bool EndSuppressUndo();
|
virtual bool EndSuppressUndo();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Ends applying a symbol bullet.
|
Ends applying a symbol bullet.
|
||||||
@@ -588,7 +588,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
Helper function for finding the caret position for the next word. Direction
|
Helper function for finding the caret position for the next word. Direction
|
||||||
is 1 (forward) or -1 (backwards).
|
is 1 (forward) or -1 (backwards).
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
long FindNextWordPosition(int direction = 1) const;
|
virtual long FindNextWordPosition(int direction = 1) const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Call this function to prevent refresh and allow fast updates, and then Thaw() to
|
Call this function to prevent refresh and allow fast updates, and then Thaw() to
|
||||||
@@ -660,22 +660,22 @@ public:
|
|||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Returns the current insertion point.
|
Returns the current insertion point.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
long GetInsertionPoint() const;
|
virtual long GetInsertionPoint() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Returns the last position in the buffer.
|
Returns the last position in the buffer.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
wxTextPos GetLastPosition() const;
|
virtual wxTextPos GetLastPosition() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Returns the length of the specified line in characters.
|
Returns the length of the specified line in characters.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
int GetLineLength(long lineNo) const;
|
virtual int GetLineLength(long lineNo) const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Returns the text for the given line.
|
Returns the text for the given line.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
wxString GetLineText(long lineNo) const;
|
virtual wxString GetLineText(long lineNo) const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Transforms physical window position to logical (unscrolled) position.
|
Transforms physical window position to logical (unscrolled) position.
|
||||||
@@ -685,7 +685,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Returns the number of lines in the buffer.
|
Returns the number of lines in the buffer.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
int GetNumberOfLines() const;
|
virtual int GetNumberOfLines() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Transforms logical (unscrolled) position to physical window position.
|
Transforms logical (unscrolled) position to physical window position.
|
||||||
@@ -697,7 +697,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
The end point of range is specified as the last character position of the span
|
The end point of range is specified as the last character position of the span
|
||||||
of text, plus one.
|
of text, plus one.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
wxString GetRange(long from, long to) const;
|
virtual wxString GetRange(long from, long to) const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Returns the range of the current selection.
|
Returns the range of the current selection.
|
||||||
@@ -705,7 +705,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
of text, plus one.
|
of text, plus one.
|
||||||
If the return values @a from and @a to are the same, there is no selection.
|
If the return values @a from and @a to are the same, there is no selection.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
void GetSelection(long* from, long* to) const;
|
virtual void GetSelection(long* from, long* to) const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Returns the selection range in character positions. -1, -1 means no selection.
|
Returns the selection range in character positions. -1, -1 means no selection.
|
||||||
@@ -715,7 +715,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Returns the text within the current selection range, if any.
|
Returns the text within the current selection range, if any.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
wxString GetStringSelection() const;
|
virtual wxString GetStringSelection() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Gets the attributes at the given position.
|
Gets the attributes at the given position.
|
||||||
@@ -725,7 +725,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
the character
|
the character
|
||||||
or paragraph style alone, use GetUncombinedStyle().
|
or paragraph style alone, use GetUncombinedStyle().
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
bool GetStyle(long position, wxTextAttr& style);
|
virtual bool GetStyle(long position, wxTextAttr& style);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Gets the attributes common to the specified range. Attributes that differ in
|
Gets the attributes common to the specified range. Attributes that differ in
|
||||||
@@ -753,12 +753,12 @@ public:
|
|||||||
will fetch
|
will fetch
|
||||||
the paragraph attributes. Otherwise, it will return the character attributes.
|
the paragraph attributes. Otherwise, it will return the character attributes.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
bool GetUncombinedStyle(long position, wxTextAttr& style);
|
virtual bool GetUncombinedStyle(long position, wxTextAttr& style);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Returns the content of the entire control as a string.
|
Returns the content of the entire control as a string.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
wxString GetValue() const;
|
virtual wxString GetValue() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Internal helper function returning the line for the visible caret position. If
|
Internal helper function returning the line for the visible caret position. If
|
||||||
@@ -791,7 +791,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Returns @true if there is a selection.
|
Returns @true if there is a selection.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
bool HasSelection() const;
|
virtual bool HasSelection() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
//@{
|
//@{
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
@@ -830,7 +830,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Returns @true if the control is editable.
|
Returns @true if the control is editable.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
bool IsEditable() const;
|
virtual bool IsEditable() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Returns @true if Freeze has been called without a Thaw.
|
Returns @true if Freeze has been called without a Thaw.
|
||||||
@@ -840,7 +840,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Returns @true if the buffer has been modified.
|
Returns @true if the buffer has been modified.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
bool IsModified() const;
|
virtual bool IsModified() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Returns @true if the control is multiline.
|
Returns @true if the control is multiline.
|
||||||
@@ -856,22 +856,22 @@ public:
|
|||||||
Returns @true if all of the selection is aligned according to the specified
|
Returns @true if all of the selection is aligned according to the specified
|
||||||
flag.
|
flag.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
bool IsSelectionAligned(wxTextAttrAlignment alignment) const;
|
virtual bool IsSelectionAligned(wxTextAttrAlignment alignment);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Returns @true if all of the selection is bold.
|
Returns @true if all of the selection is bold.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
bool IsSelectionBold() const;
|
virtual bool IsSelectionBold();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Returns @true if all of the selection is italic.
|
Returns @true if all of the selection is italic.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
bool IsSelectionItalics() const;
|
virtual bool IsSelectionItalics();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Returns @true if all of the selection is underlined.
|
Returns @true if all of the selection is underlined.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
bool IsSelectionUnderlined() const;
|
virtual bool IsSelectionUnderlined();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Returns @true if the control is single-line. Currently wxRichTextCtrl does not
|
Returns @true if the control is single-line. Currently wxRichTextCtrl does not
|
||||||
@@ -882,14 +882,14 @@ public:
|
|||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Helper function implementing keyboard navigation.
|
Helper function implementing keyboard navigation.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
bool KeyboardNavigate(int keyCode, int flags);
|
virtual bool KeyboardNavigate(int keyCode, int flags);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Lays out the buffer, which must be done before certain operations, such as
|
Lays out the buffer, which must be done before certain operations, such as
|
||||||
setting the caret position. This function should not normally be required by the
|
setting the caret position. This function should not normally be required by the
|
||||||
application.
|
application.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
bool LayoutContent(bool onlyVisibleRect = false);
|
virtual bool LayoutContent(bool onlyVisibleRect = false);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Inserts a line break at the current insertion point. A line break forces
|
Inserts a line break at the current insertion point. A line break forces
|
||||||
@@ -898,7 +898,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
wxRichTextLineBreakChar to text content,
|
wxRichTextLineBreakChar to text content,
|
||||||
or by typing Shift-Return.
|
or by typing Shift-Return.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
bool LineBreak();
|
virtual bool LineBreak();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Loads content into the control's buffer using the given type. If the specified
|
Loads content into the control's buffer using the given type. If the specified
|
||||||
@@ -912,12 +912,12 @@ public:
|
|||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Marks the buffer as modified.
|
Marks the buffer as modified.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
void MarkDirty();
|
virtual void MarkDirty();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Move the caret to the given character position.
|
Move the caret to the given character position.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
bool MoveCaret(long pos, bool showAtLineStart = false);
|
virtual bool MoveCaret(long pos, bool showAtLineStart = false);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Move the caret one visual step forward: this may mean setting a flag
|
Move the caret one visual step forward: this may mean setting a flag
|
||||||
@@ -936,57 +936,57 @@ public:
|
|||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Moves the caret down.
|
Moves the caret down.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
bool MoveDown(int noLines = 1, int flags = 0);
|
virtual bool MoveDown(int noLines = 1, int flags = 0);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Moves to the end of the buffer.
|
Moves to the end of the buffer.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
bool MoveEnd(int flags = 0);
|
virtual bool MoveEnd(int flags = 0);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Moves to the start of the buffer.
|
Moves to the start of the buffer.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
bool MoveHome(int flags = 0);
|
virtual bool MoveHome(int flags = 0);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Moves left.
|
Moves left.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
bool MoveLeft(int noPositions = 1, int flags = 0);
|
virtual bool MoveLeft(int noPositions = 1, int flags = 0);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Moves right.
|
Moves right.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
bool MoveRight(int noPositions = 1, int flags = 0);
|
virtual bool MoveRight(int noPositions = 1, int flags = 0);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Moves to the end of the line.
|
Moves to the end of the line.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
bool MoveToLineEnd(int flags = 0);
|
virtual bool MoveToLineEnd(int flags = 0);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Moves to the start of the line.
|
Moves to the start of the line.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
bool MoveToLineStart(int flags = 0);
|
virtual bool MoveToLineStart(int flags = 0);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Moves to the end of the paragraph.
|
Moves to the end of the paragraph.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
bool MoveToParagraphEnd(int flags = 0);
|
virtual bool MoveToParagraphEnd(int flags = 0);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Moves to the start of the paragraph.
|
Moves to the start of the paragraph.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
bool MoveToParagraphStart(int flags = 0);
|
virtual bool MoveToParagraphStart(int flags = 0);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Moves up.
|
Moves up.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
bool MoveUp(int noLines = 1, int flags = 0);
|
virtual bool MoveUp(int noLines = 1, int flags = 0);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Inserts a new paragraph at the current insertion point. See also LineBreak().
|
Inserts a new paragraph at the current insertion point. See also LineBreak().
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
bool Newline();
|
virtual bool Newline();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
//@{
|
//@{
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
@@ -1098,33 +1098,33 @@ public:
|
|||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Moves one or more pages down.
|
Moves one or more pages down.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
bool PageDown(int noPages = 1, int flags = 0);
|
virtual bool PageDown(int noPages = 1, int flags = 0);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Moves one or more pages up.
|
Moves one or more pages up.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
bool PageUp(int noPages = 1, int flags = 0);
|
virtual bool PageUp(int noPages = 1, int flags = 0);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Paints the background.
|
Paints the background.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
void PaintBackground(wxDC& dc);
|
virtual void PaintBackground(wxDC& dc);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Pastes content from the clipboard to the buffer.
|
Pastes content from the clipboard to the buffer.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
void Paste();
|
virtual void Paste();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Internal function to position the visible caret according to the current caret
|
Internal function to position the visible caret according to the current caret
|
||||||
position.
|
position.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
void PositionCaret();
|
virtual void PositionCaret();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Converts a text position to zero-based column and line numbers.
|
Converts a text position to zero-based column and line numbers.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
bool PositionToXY(long pos, long* x, long* y) const;
|
virtual bool PositionToXY(long pos, long* x, long* y) const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
//@{
|
//@{
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
@@ -1154,18 +1154,18 @@ public:
|
|||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Redoes the current command.
|
Redoes the current command.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
void Redo();
|
virtual void Redo();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Removes the content in the specified range.
|
Removes the content in the specified range.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
void Remove(long from, long to);
|
virtual void Remove(long from, long to);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Replaces the content in the specified range with the string specified by @e
|
Replaces the content in the specified range with the string specified by @e
|
||||||
value.
|
value.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
void Replace(long from, long to, const wxString& value);
|
virtual void Replace(long from, long to, const wxString& value);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Saves the buffer content using the given type. If the specified type
|
Saves the buffer content using the given type. If the specified type
|
||||||
@@ -1178,17 +1178,17 @@ public:
|
|||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Scrolls @a position into view. This function takes a caret position.
|
Scrolls @a position into view. This function takes a caret position.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
bool ScrollIntoView(long position, int keyCode);
|
virtual bool ScrollIntoView(long position, int keyCode);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Selects all the text in the buffer.
|
Selects all the text in the buffer.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
void SelectAll();
|
virtual void SelectAll();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Cancels any selection.
|
Cancels any selection.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
void SelectNone();
|
virtual void SelectNone();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Sets @a attr as the default style and tells the control that the UI should
|
Sets @a attr as the default style and tells the control that the UI should
|
||||||
@@ -1204,7 +1204,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
only affects the style currently being applied (for example, setting the default
|
only affects the style currently being applied (for example, setting the default
|
||||||
style to bold will cause subsequently inserted text to be bold).
|
style to bold will cause subsequently inserted text to be bold).
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
void SetBasicStyle(const wxTextAttr& style);
|
virtual void SetBasicStyle(const wxTextAttr& style);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
The caret position is the character position just before the caret.
|
The caret position is the character position just before the caret.
|
||||||
@@ -1218,7 +1218,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
inserted
|
inserted
|
||||||
text is displayed.
|
text is displayed.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
bool SetDefaultStyle(const wxTextAttr& style);
|
virtual bool SetDefaultStyle(const wxTextAttr& style);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Sets the default style to the style under the cursor.
|
Sets the default style to the style under the cursor.
|
||||||
@@ -1234,7 +1234,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Makes the control editable, or not.
|
Makes the control editable, or not.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
void SetEditable(bool editable);
|
virtual void SetEditable(bool editable);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Sets the current filename.
|
Sets the current filename.
|
||||||
@@ -1245,7 +1245,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
Sets the font, and also the basic and default attributes (see
|
Sets the font, and also the basic and default attributes (see
|
||||||
wxRichTextCtrl::SetDefaultStyle).
|
wxRichTextCtrl::SetDefaultStyle).
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
bool SetFont(const wxFont& font);
|
virtual bool SetFont(const wxFont& font);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Sets flags that change the behaviour of loading or saving. See the
|
Sets flags that change the behaviour of loading or saving. See the
|
||||||
@@ -1257,12 +1257,12 @@ public:
|
|||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Sets the insertion point.
|
Sets the insertion point.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
void SetInsertionPoint(long pos);
|
virtual void SetInsertionPoint(long pos);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Sets the insertion point to the end of the text control.
|
Sets the insertion point to the end of the text control.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
void SetInsertionPointEnd();
|
virtual void SetInsertionPointEnd();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
//@{
|
//@{
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
@@ -1297,7 +1297,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
So, for example, to set the selection for a character at position 5, use the
|
So, for example, to set the selection for a character at position 5, use the
|
||||||
range (5,6).
|
range (5,6).
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
void SetSelection(long from, long to);
|
virtual void SetSelection(long from, long to);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Sets the selection to the given range.
|
Sets the selection to the given range.
|
||||||
@@ -1371,17 +1371,17 @@ public:
|
|||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
A helper function setting up scrollbars, for example after a resize.
|
A helper function setting up scrollbars, for example after a resize.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
void SetupScrollbars(bool atTop = false);
|
virtual void SetupScrollbars(bool atTop = false);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Scrolls the buffer so that the given position is in view.
|
Scrolls the buffer so that the given position is in view.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
void ShowPosition(long pos);
|
virtual void ShowPosition(long pos);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Returns @true if undo history suppression is on.
|
Returns @true if undo history suppression is on.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
bool SuppressingUndo() const;
|
virtual bool SuppressingUndo() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Call this function to end a Freeze and refresh the display.
|
Call this function to end a Freeze and refresh the display.
|
||||||
@@ -1391,17 +1391,17 @@ public:
|
|||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Undoes the command at the top of the command history, if there is one.
|
Undoes the command at the top of the command history, if there is one.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
void Undo();
|
virtual void Undo();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Moves a number of words to the left.
|
Moves a number of words to the left.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
bool WordLeft(int noWords = 1, int flags = 0);
|
virtual bool WordLeft(int noWords = 1, int flags = 0);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Move a nuber of words to the right.
|
Move a nuber of words to the right.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
bool WordRight(int noWords = 1, int flags = 0);
|
virtual bool WordRight(int noWords = 1, int flags = 0);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
//@{
|
//@{
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
@@ -1420,11 +1420,11 @@ public:
|
|||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Writes text at the current position.
|
Writes text at the current position.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
void WriteText(const wxString& text);
|
virtual void WriteText(const wxString& text);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Translates from column and line number to position.
|
Translates from column and line number to position.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
long XYToPosition(long x, long y) const;
|
virtual long XYToPosition(long x, long y) const;
|
||||||
};
|
};
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Destructor.
|
Destructor.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
~wxRichTextFormattingDialogFactory();
|
virtual ~wxRichTextFormattingDialogFactory();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Creates the main dialog buttons.
|
Creates the main dialog buttons.
|
||||||
@@ -142,7 +142,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Destructor.
|
Destructor.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
~wxRichTextFormattingDialog();
|
virtual ~wxRichTextFormattingDialog();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Apply attributes to the given range, only changing attributes that need to be
|
Apply attributes to the given range, only changing attributes that need to be
|
||||||
@@ -173,22 +173,22 @@ public:
|
|||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Helper for pages to get the top-level dialog.
|
Helper for pages to get the top-level dialog.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
wxRichTextFormattingDialog* GetDialog(wxWindow* win);
|
static wxRichTextFormattingDialog* GetDialog(wxWindow* win);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Helper for pages to get the attributes.
|
Helper for pages to get the attributes.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
wxTextAttr* GetDialogAttributes(wxWindow* win);
|
static wxTextAttr* GetDialogAttributes(wxWindow* win);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Helper for pages to get the style.
|
Helper for pages to get the style.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
wxRichTextStyleDefinition* GetDialogStyleDefinition(wxWindow* win);
|
static wxRichTextStyleDefinition* GetDialogStyleDefinition(wxWindow* win);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Returns the object to be used to customize the dialog and provide pages.
|
Returns the object to be used to customize the dialog and provide pages.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
wxRichTextFormattingDialogFactory* GetFormattingDialogFactory();
|
static wxRichTextFormattingDialogFactory* GetFormattingDialogFactory();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Returns the image list associated with the dialog, used for example if showing
|
Returns the image list associated with the dialog, used for example if showing
|
||||||
@@ -201,17 +201,17 @@ public:
|
|||||||
that do not have common values in the given range
|
that do not have common values in the given range
|
||||||
will be omitted from the style's flags.
|
will be omitted from the style's flags.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
bool GetStyle(wxRichTextCtrl* ctrl, const wxRichTextRange& range);
|
virtual bool GetStyle(wxRichTextCtrl* ctrl, const wxRichTextRange& range);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Gets the associated style definition, if any.
|
Gets the associated style definition, if any.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
wxRichTextStyleDefinition* GetStyleDefinition() const;
|
virtual wxRichTextStyleDefinition* GetStyleDefinition() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Gets the associated style sheet, if any.
|
Gets the associated style sheet, if any.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
wxRichTextStyleSheet* GetStyleSheet() const;
|
virtual wxRichTextStyleSheet* GetStyleSheet() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Sets the attributes to be edited.
|
Sets the attributes to be edited.
|
||||||
@@ -223,7 +223,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
creation.
|
creation.
|
||||||
It deletes the existing factory object.
|
It deletes the existing factory object.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
void SetFormattingDialogFactory(wxRichTextFormattingDialogFactory* factory);
|
static void SetFormattingDialogFactory(wxRichTextFormattingDialogFactory* factory);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Sets the image list associated with the dialog's property sheet.
|
Sets the image list associated with the dialog's property sheet.
|
||||||
@@ -233,19 +233,19 @@ public:
|
|||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Sets the attributes and optionally updates the display, if @a update is @true.
|
Sets the attributes and optionally updates the display, if @a update is @true.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
bool SetStyle(const wxTextAttr& style, bool update = true);
|
virtual bool SetStyle(const wxTextAttr& style, bool update = true);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Sets the style definition and optionally update the display, if @a update is @c
|
Sets the style definition and optionally update the display, if @a update is @c
|
||||||
@true.
|
@true.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
bool SetStyleDefinition(const wxRichTextStyleDefinition& styleDef,
|
virtual bool SetStyleDefinition(const wxRichTextStyleDefinition& styleDef,
|
||||||
wxRichTextStyleSheet* sheet,
|
wxRichTextStyleSheet* sheet,
|
||||||
bool update = true);
|
bool update = true);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Updates the display.
|
Updates the display.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
bool UpdateDisplay();
|
virtual bool UpdateDisplay();
|
||||||
};
|
};
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
@@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Returns the mapping for converting point sizes to HTML font sizes.
|
Returns the mapping for converting point sizes to HTML font sizes.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
wxArrayInt GetFontSizeMapping();
|
wxArrayInt GetFontSizeMapping() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Returns the directory used to store temporary image files.
|
Returns the directory used to store temporary image files.
|
||||||
@@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
Reset the file counter, in case, for example, the same names are required each
|
Reset the file counter, in case, for example, the same names are required each
|
||||||
time
|
time
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
void SetFileCounter(int counter);
|
static void SetFileCounter(int counter);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Sets the mapping for converting point sizes to HTML font sizes.
|
Sets the mapping for converting point sizes to HTML font sizes.
|
||||||
|
@@ -201,17 +201,17 @@ public:
|
|||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Returns @true if the given page exists in the printout.
|
Returns @true if the given page exists in the printout.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
bool HasPage(int page);
|
virtual bool HasPage(int page);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Prepares for printing, laying out the buffer and calculating pagination.
|
Prepares for printing, laying out the buffer and calculating pagination.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
void OnPreparePrinting();
|
virtual void OnPreparePrinting();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Does the actual printing for this page.
|
Does the actual printing for this page.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
bool OnPrintPage(int page);
|
virtual bool OnPrintPage(int page);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Sets the header and footer data associated with the printout.
|
Sets the header and footer data associated with the printout.
|
||||||
|
@@ -161,7 +161,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Determines whether tooltips will be shown.
|
Determines whether tooltips will be shown.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
void SetShowToolTips(bool show);
|
static void SetShowToolTips(bool show);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Sets the associated style sheet.
|
Sets the associated style sheet.
|
||||||
|
@@ -124,7 +124,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Destructor.
|
Destructor.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
~wxRichTextStyleDefinition();
|
virtual ~wxRichTextStyleDefinition();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Returns the style on which this style is based.
|
Returns the style on which this style is based.
|
||||||
@@ -198,7 +198,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Destructor.
|
Destructor.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
~wxRichTextParagraphStyleDefinition();
|
virtual ~wxRichTextParagraphStyleDefinition();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Returns the style that should normally follow this style.
|
Returns the style that should normally follow this style.
|
||||||
@@ -242,7 +242,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Destructor.
|
Destructor.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
~wxRichTextStyleListBox();
|
virtual ~wxRichTextStyleListBox();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Applies the @e ith style to the associated rich text control.
|
Applies the @e ith style to the associated rich text control.
|
||||||
@@ -364,7 +364,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Destructor.
|
Destructor.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
~wxRichTextStyleComboCtrl();
|
virtual ~wxRichTextStyleComboCtrl();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Returns the wxRichTextCtrl associated with this control.
|
Returns the wxRichTextCtrl associated with this control.
|
||||||
@@ -414,7 +414,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Destructor.
|
Destructor.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
~wxRichTextCharacterStyleDefinition();
|
virtual ~wxRichTextCharacterStyleDefinition();
|
||||||
};
|
};
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
@@ -453,7 +453,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Destructor.
|
Destructor.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
~wxRichTextListStyleDefinition();
|
virtual ~wxRichTextListStyleDefinition();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
This function combines the given paragraph style with the list style's base
|
This function combines the given paragraph style with the list style's base
|
||||||
@@ -545,7 +545,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Destructor.
|
Destructor.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
~wxRichTextStyleSheet();
|
virtual ~wxRichTextStyleSheet();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Adds a definition to the character style list.
|
Adds a definition to the character style list.
|
||||||
|
@@ -30,12 +30,12 @@ public:
|
|||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Returns @true.
|
Returns @true.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
bool CanLoad() const;
|
virtual bool CanLoad() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Returns @true.
|
Returns @true.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
bool CanSave() const;
|
virtual bool CanSave() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Creates XML code for a given character or paragraph style.
|
Creates XML code for a given character or paragraph style.
|
||||||
|
@@ -79,27 +79,27 @@ public:
|
|||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Destructor.
|
Destructor.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
~wxSashWindow();
|
virtual ~wxSashWindow();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Gets the maximum window size in the x direction.
|
Gets the maximum window size in the x direction.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
int GetMaximumSizeX() const;
|
virtual int GetMaximumSizeX() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Gets the maximum window size in the y direction.
|
Gets the maximum window size in the y direction.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
int GetMaximumSizeY() const;
|
virtual int GetMaximumSizeY() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Gets the minimum window size in the x direction.
|
Gets the minimum window size in the x direction.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
int GetMinimumSizeX();
|
virtual int GetMinimumSizeX() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Gets the minimum window size in the y direction.
|
Gets the minimum window size in the y direction.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
int GetMinimumSizeY() const;
|
virtual int GetMinimumSizeY() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Returns @true if a sash is visible on the given edge, @false otherwise.
|
Returns @true if a sash is visible on the given edge, @false otherwise.
|
||||||
@@ -125,22 +125,22 @@ public:
|
|||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Sets the maximum window size in the x direction.
|
Sets the maximum window size in the x direction.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
void SetMaximumSizeX(int min);
|
virtual void SetMaximumSizeX(int min);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Sets the maximum window size in the y direction.
|
Sets the maximum window size in the y direction.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
void SetMaximumSizeY(int min);
|
virtual void SetMaximumSizeY(int min);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Sets the minimum window size in the x direction.
|
Sets the minimum window size in the x direction.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
void SetMinimumSizeX(int min);
|
virtual void SetMinimumSizeX(int min);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Sets the minimum window size in the y direction.
|
Sets the minimum window size in the y direction.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
void SetMinimumSizeY(int min);
|
virtual void SetMinimumSizeY(int min);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Call this function to give the sash a border, or remove the border.
|
Call this function to give the sash a border, or remove the border.
|
||||||
|
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
number. @false is returned if the call failed (for example, the port
|
number. @false is returned if the call failed (for example, the port
|
||||||
number is already in use).
|
number is already in use).
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
bool Create(const wxString& service);
|
virtual bool Create(const wxString& service);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
When a client calls @b MakeConnection, the server receives the
|
When a client calls @b MakeConnection, the server receives the
|
||||||
@@ -89,9 +89,9 @@ public:
|
|||||||
the OnMakeConnection() member to return your own
|
the OnMakeConnection() member to return your own
|
||||||
derived connection object.
|
derived connection object.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
wxConnectionBase* MakeConnection(const wxString& host,
|
virtual wxConnectionBase* MakeConnection(const wxString& host,
|
||||||
const wxString& service,
|
const wxString& service,
|
||||||
const wxString& topic);
|
const wxString& topic);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
The type of wxTCPConnection returned from a MakeConnection() call can
|
The type of wxTCPConnection returned from a MakeConnection() call can
|
||||||
@@ -103,12 +103,12 @@ public:
|
|||||||
as wxTCPConnection::OnAdvise. You may also want to
|
as wxTCPConnection::OnAdvise. You may also want to
|
||||||
store application-specific data in instances of the new class.
|
store application-specific data in instances of the new class.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
wxConnectionBase* OnMakeConnection();
|
virtual wxConnectionBase* OnMakeConnection();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Returns @true if this is a valid host name, @false otherwise.
|
Returns @true if this is a valid host name, @false otherwise.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
bool ValidHost(const wxString& host);
|
virtual bool ValidHost(const wxString& host);
|
||||||
};
|
};
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
@@ -182,7 +182,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
side of the connection having called @b Disconnect. Returns @true if
|
side of the connection having called @b Disconnect. Returns @true if
|
||||||
successful.
|
successful.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
bool Disconnect();
|
virtual bool Disconnect();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
//@{
|
//@{
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
@@ -291,13 +291,13 @@ public:
|
|||||||
member to be called. Returns @true if the server okays it, @false
|
member to be called. Returns @true if the server okays it, @false
|
||||||
otherwise.
|
otherwise.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
bool StartAdvise(const wxString& item);
|
virtual bool StartAdvise(const wxString& item);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Called by the client application to ask if an advise loop can be
|
Called by the client application to ask if an advise loop can be
|
||||||
stopped. Causes the server connection's OnStopAdvise() member
|
stopped. Causes the server connection's OnStopAdvise() member
|
||||||
to be called. Returns @true if the server okays it, @false otherwise.
|
to be called. Returns @true if the server okays it, @false otherwise.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
bool StopAdvise(const wxString& item);
|
virtual bool StopAdvise(const wxString& item);
|
||||||
};
|
};
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
@@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Destructor, destroying the scrollbar.
|
Destructor, destroying the scrollbar.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
~wxScrollBar();
|
virtual ~wxScrollBar();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Scrollbar creation function called by the scrollbar constructor.
|
Scrollbar creation function called by the scrollbar constructor.
|
||||||
@@ -87,28 +87,28 @@ public:
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
@see SetScrollbar()
|
@see SetScrollbar()
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
int GetPageSize() const;
|
virtual int GetPageSize() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Returns the length of the scrollbar.
|
Returns the length of the scrollbar.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
@see SetScrollbar()
|
@see SetScrollbar()
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
int GetRange() const;
|
virtual int GetRange() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Returns the current position of the scrollbar thumb.
|
Returns the current position of the scrollbar thumb.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
@see SetThumbPosition()
|
@see SetThumbPosition()
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
int GetThumbPosition() const;
|
virtual int GetThumbPosition() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Returns the thumb or 'view' size.
|
Returns the thumb or 'view' size.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
@see SetScrollbar()
|
@see SetScrollbar()
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
int GetThumbSize() const;
|
virtual int GetThumbSize() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Sets the scrollbar properties.
|
Sets the scrollbar properties.
|
||||||
@@ -143,6 +143,6 @@ public:
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
@see GetThumbPosition()
|
@see GetThumbPosition()
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
void SetThumbPosition(int viewStart);
|
virtual void SetThumbPosition(int viewStart);
|
||||||
};
|
};
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
@@ -122,7 +122,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Deletes the user data and subsizer, if any.
|
Deletes the user data and subsizer, if any.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
~wxSizerItem();
|
virtual ~wxSizerItem();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Calculates the minimum desired size for the item, including any space
|
Calculates the minimum desired size for the item, including any space
|
||||||
@@ -134,7 +134,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
Destroy the window or the windows in a subsizer, depending on the type
|
Destroy the window or the windows in a subsizer, depending on the type
|
||||||
of item.
|
of item.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
void DeleteWindows();
|
virtual void DeleteWindows();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Enable deleting the SizerItem without destroying the contained sizer.
|
Enable deleting the SizerItem without destroying the contained sizer.
|
||||||
@@ -195,12 +195,12 @@ public:
|
|||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Get the rectangle of the item on the parent window, excluding borders.
|
Get the rectangle of the item on the parent window, excluding borders.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
wxRect GetRect();
|
virtual wxRect GetRect();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Get the current size of the item, as set in the last Layout.
|
Get the current size of the item, as set in the last Layout.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
wxSize GetSize() const;
|
virtual wxSize GetSize() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
If this item is tracking a sizer, return it. @NULL otherwise.
|
If this item is tracking a sizer, return it. @NULL otherwise.
|
||||||
@@ -260,7 +260,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
adjust the position and size of the item to be within that space
|
adjust the position and size of the item to be within that space
|
||||||
taking alignment and borders into account.
|
taking alignment and borders into account.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
void SetDimension(const wxPoint& pos, const wxSize& size);
|
virtual void SetDimension(const wxPoint& pos, const wxSize& size);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Set the flag item attribute.
|
Set the flag item attribute.
|
||||||
@@ -293,6 +293,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Set the sizer tracked by this item.
|
Set the sizer tracked by this item.
|
||||||
|
@deprecated @todo provide deprecation description
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
void SetSizer(wxSizer* sizer);
|
void SetSizer(wxSizer* sizer);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
@@ -789,7 +790,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
The destructor.
|
The destructor.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
~wxSizer();
|
virtual ~wxSizer();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Appends a child to the sizer.
|
Appends a child to the sizer.
|
||||||
@@ -974,7 +975,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
Detaches all children from the sizer. If @a delete_windows is @true then
|
Detaches all children from the sizer. If @a delete_windows is @true then
|
||||||
child windows will also be deleted.
|
child windows will also be deleted.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
void Clear(bool delete_windows = false);
|
virtual void Clear(bool delete_windows = false);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Computes client area size for @a window so that it matches the sizer's
|
Computes client area size for @a window so that it matches the sizer's
|
||||||
@@ -1012,7 +1013,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
@see Remove()
|
@see Remove()
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
bool Detach(wxWindow* window);
|
virtual bool Detach(wxWindow* window);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Detach the child @a sizer from the sizer without destroying it.
|
Detach the child @a sizer from the sizer without destroying it.
|
||||||
@@ -1024,7 +1025,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
@see Remove()
|
@see Remove()
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
bool Detach(wxSizer* sizer);
|
virtual bool Detach(wxSizer* sizer);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Detach a item at position @a index from the sizer without destroying it.
|
Detach a item at position @a index from the sizer without destroying it.
|
||||||
@@ -1126,12 +1127,12 @@ public:
|
|||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Returns the current position of the sizer.
|
Returns the current position of the sizer.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
wxPoint GetPosition();
|
wxPoint GetPosition() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Returns the current size of the sizer.
|
Returns the current size of the sizer.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
wxSize GetSize();
|
wxSize GetSize() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Hides the child @a window.
|
Hides the child @a window.
|
||||||
@@ -1257,7 +1258,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
keeping
|
keeping
|
||||||
the current dimension.
|
the current dimension.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
void Layout();
|
virtual void Layout();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Same as Add(), but prepends the items to the beginning of the
|
Same as Add(), but prepends the items to the beginning of the
|
||||||
@@ -1349,7 +1350,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
@return @true if the child item was found and removed, @false otherwise.
|
@return @true if the child item was found and removed, @false otherwise.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
bool Remove(wxSizer* sizer);
|
virtual bool Remove(wxSizer* sizer);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Removes a child from the sizer and destroys it if it is a sizer or a
|
Removes a child from the sizer and destroys it if it is a sizer or a
|
||||||
@@ -1414,7 +1415,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
Returns @true if the child item was found and removed, @false otherwise.
|
Returns @true if the child item was found and removed, @false otherwise.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
bool Replace(size_t index, wxSizerItem* newitem);
|
virtual bool Replace(size_t index, wxSizerItem* newitem);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Call this to force the sizer to take the given dimension and thus force
|
Call this to force the sizer to take the given dimension and thus force
|
||||||
@@ -1496,6 +1497,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
appropriately.
|
appropriately.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
@see wxScrolled::SetScrollbars()
|
@see wxScrolled::SetScrollbars()
|
||||||
|
@deprecated @todo provide deprecation description
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
void SetVirtualSizeHints(wxWindow* window);
|
void SetVirtualSizeHints(wxWindow* window);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
@@ -1569,22 +1571,22 @@ public:
|
|||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Returns the number of columns in the sizer.
|
Returns the number of columns in the sizer.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
int GetCols();
|
int GetCols() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Returns the horizontal gap (in pixels) between cells in the sizer.
|
Returns the horizontal gap (in pixels) between cells in the sizer.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
int GetHGap();
|
int GetHGap() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Returns the number of rows in the sizer.
|
Returns the number of rows in the sizer.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
int GetRows();
|
int GetRows() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Returns the vertical gap (in pixels) between the cells in the sizer.
|
Returns the vertical gap (in pixels) between the cells in the sizer.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
int GetVGap();
|
int GetVGap() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Sets the number of columns in the sizer.
|
Sets the number of columns in the sizer.
|
||||||
|
@@ -90,21 +90,21 @@ public:
|
|||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Destructor, destroying the slider.
|
Destructor, destroying the slider.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
~wxSlider();
|
virtual ~wxSlider();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Clears the selection, for a slider with the @b wxSL_SELRANGE style.
|
Clears the selection, for a slider with the @b wxSL_SELRANGE style.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
@remarks Windows 95 only.
|
@remarks Windows 95 only.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
void ClearSel();
|
virtual void ClearSel();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Clears the ticks.
|
Clears the ticks.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
@remarks Windows 95 only.
|
@remarks Windows 95 only.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
void ClearTicks();
|
virtual void ClearTicks();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Used for two-step slider construction. See wxSlider()
|
Used for two-step slider construction. See wxSlider()
|
||||||
@@ -123,28 +123,28 @@ public:
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
@see SetLineSize()
|
@see SetLineSize()
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
int GetLineSize() const;
|
virtual int GetLineSize() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Gets the maximum slider value.
|
Gets the maximum slider value.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
@see GetMin(), SetRange()
|
@see GetMin(), SetRange()
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
int GetMax() const;
|
virtual int GetMax() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Gets the minimum slider value.
|
Gets the minimum slider value.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
@see GetMin(), SetRange()
|
@see GetMin(), SetRange()
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
int GetMin() const;
|
virtual int GetMin() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Returns the page size.
|
Returns the page size.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
@see SetPageSize()
|
@see SetPageSize()
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
int GetPageSize() const;
|
virtual int GetPageSize() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Returns the selection end point.
|
Returns the selection end point.
|
||||||
@@ -153,7 +153,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
@see GetSelStart(), SetSelection()
|
@see GetSelStart(), SetSelection()
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
int GetSelEnd() const;
|
virtual int GetSelEnd() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Returns the selection start point.
|
Returns the selection start point.
|
||||||
@@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
@see GetSelEnd(), SetSelection()
|
@see GetSelEnd(), SetSelection()
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
int GetSelStart() const;
|
virtual int GetSelStart() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Returns the thumb length.
|
Returns the thumb length.
|
||||||
@@ -171,7 +171,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
@see SetThumbLength()
|
@see SetThumbLength()
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
int GetThumbLength() const;
|
virtual int GetThumbLength() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Returns the tick frequency.
|
Returns the tick frequency.
|
||||||
@@ -180,14 +180,14 @@ public:
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
@see SetTickFreq()
|
@see SetTickFreq()
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
int GetTickFreq() const;
|
virtual int GetTickFreq() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Gets the current slider value.
|
Gets the current slider value.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
@see GetMin(), GetMax(), SetValue()
|
@see GetMin(), GetMax(), SetValue()
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
int GetValue() const;
|
virtual int GetValue() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Sets the line size for the slider.
|
Sets the line size for the slider.
|
||||||
@@ -198,7 +198,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
@see GetLineSize()
|
@see GetLineSize()
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
void SetLineSize(int lineSize);
|
virtual void SetLineSize(int lineSize);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Sets the page size for the slider.
|
Sets the page size for the slider.
|
||||||
@@ -208,14 +208,14 @@ public:
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
@see GetPageSize()
|
@see GetPageSize()
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
void SetPageSize(int pageSize);
|
virtual void SetPageSize(int pageSize);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Sets the minimum and maximum slider values.
|
Sets the minimum and maximum slider values.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
@see GetMin(), GetMax()
|
@see GetMin(), GetMax()
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
void SetRange(int minValue, int maxValue);
|
virtual void SetRange(int minValue, int maxValue);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Sets the selection.
|
Sets the selection.
|
||||||
@@ -229,7 +229,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
@see GetSelStart(), GetSelEnd()
|
@see GetSelStart(), GetSelEnd()
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
void SetSelection(int startPos, int endPos);
|
virtual void SetSelection(int startPos, int endPos);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Sets the slider thumb length.
|
Sets the slider thumb length.
|
||||||
@@ -241,7 +241,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
@see GetThumbLength()
|
@see GetThumbLength()
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
void SetThumbLength(int len);
|
virtual void SetThumbLength(int len);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Sets a tick position.
|
Sets a tick position.
|
||||||
@@ -253,7 +253,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
@see SetTickFreq()
|
@see SetTickFreq()
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
void SetTick(int tickPos);
|
virtual void SetTick(int tickPos);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Sets the tick mark frequency and position.
|
Sets the tick mark frequency and position.
|
||||||
@@ -269,7 +269,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
@see GetTickFreq()
|
@see GetTickFreq()
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
void SetTickFreq(int n, int pos);
|
virtual void SetTickFreq(int n, int pos);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Sets the slider position.
|
Sets the slider position.
|
||||||
@@ -277,6 +277,6 @@ public:
|
|||||||
@param value
|
@param value
|
||||||
The slider position.
|
The slider position.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
void SetValue(int value);
|
virtual void SetValue(int value);
|
||||||
};
|
};
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
@@ -41,12 +41,12 @@ public:
|
|||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Returns the hostname which matches the IP address.
|
Returns the hostname which matches the IP address.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
wxString Hostname();
|
virtual wxString Hostname() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Returns a wxString containing the IP address in dot quad (127.0.0.1) format.
|
Returns a wxString containing the IP address in dot quad (127.0.0.1) format.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
wxString IPAddress();
|
virtual wxString IPAddress() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Set address to localhost (127.0.0.1).
|
Set address to localhost (127.0.0.1).
|
||||||
@@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Destructor (it doesn't close the accepted connections).
|
Destructor (it doesn't close the accepted connections).
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
~wxSocketServer();
|
virtual ~wxSocketServer();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Accepts an incoming connection request, and creates a new wxSocketBase object
|
Accepts an incoming connection request, and creates a new wxSocketBase object
|
||||||
@@ -283,7 +283,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Destructor. Please see wxSocketBase::Destroy().
|
Destructor. Please see wxSocketBase::Destroy().
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
~wxSocketClient();
|
virtual ~wxSocketClient();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Connects to a server using the specified address.
|
Connects to a server using the specified address.
|
||||||
@@ -307,7 +307,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
@see WaitOnConnect(), wxSocketBase::SetNotify(), wxSocketBase::Notify()
|
@see WaitOnConnect(), wxSocketBase::SetNotify(), wxSocketBase::Notify()
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
bool Connect(const wxSockAddress& address, bool wait = true);
|
virtual bool Connect(const wxSockAddress& address, bool wait = true);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Connects to a server using the specified address.
|
Connects to a server using the specified address.
|
||||||
@@ -397,12 +397,12 @@ public:
|
|||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Default destructor.
|
Default destructor.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
~wxSockAddress();
|
virtual ~wxSockAddress();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Delete all informations about the address.
|
Delete all informations about the address.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
void Clear();
|
virtual void Clear();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Returns the length of the socket address.
|
Returns the length of the socket address.
|
||||||
@@ -439,7 +439,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
Gets the client data of the socket which generated this event, as
|
Gets the client data of the socket which generated this event, as
|
||||||
set with wxSocketBase::SetClientData().
|
set with wxSocketBase::SetClientData().
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
void* GetClientData();
|
void* GetClientData() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Returns the socket object to which this event refers to. This makes
|
Returns the socket object to which this event refers to. This makes
|
||||||
@@ -1215,7 +1215,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Destructor. Please see wxSocketBase::Destroy().
|
Destructor. Please see wxSocketBase::Destroy().
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
~wxDatagramSocket();
|
virtual ~wxDatagramSocket();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
This function reads a buffer of @a nbytes bytes from the socket.
|
This function reads a buffer of @a nbytes bytes from the socket.
|
||||||
|
@@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Destroys the wxSound object.
|
Destroys the wxSound object.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
~wxSound();
|
virtual ~wxSound();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Constructs a wave object from a file or resource.
|
Constructs a wave object from a file or resource.
|
||||||
|
@@ -107,7 +107,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Destructor, destroys the spin button control.
|
Destructor, destroys the spin button control.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
~wxSpinButton();
|
virtual ~wxSpinButton();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Scrollbar creation function called by the spin button constructor.
|
Scrollbar creation function called by the spin button constructor.
|
||||||
@@ -124,21 +124,21 @@ public:
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
@see SetRange()
|
@see SetRange()
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
int GetMax() const;
|
virtual int GetMax() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Returns the minimum permissible value.
|
Returns the minimum permissible value.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
@see SetRange()
|
@see SetRange()
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
int GetMin() const;
|
virtual int GetMin() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Returns the current spin button value.
|
Returns the current spin button value.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
@see SetValue()
|
@see SetValue()
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
int GetValue() const;
|
virtual int GetValue() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Sets the range of the spin button.
|
Sets the range of the spin button.
|
||||||
@@ -150,7 +150,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
@see GetMin(), GetMax()
|
@see GetMin(), GetMax()
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
void SetRange(int min, int max);
|
virtual void SetRange(int min, int max);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Sets the value of the spin button.
|
Sets the value of the spin button.
|
||||||
@@ -158,6 +158,6 @@ public:
|
|||||||
@param value
|
@param value
|
||||||
The value for the spin button.
|
The value for the spin button.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
void SetValue(int value);
|
virtual void SetValue(int value);
|
||||||
};
|
};
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
@@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Sets the value of the spin control. Use the variant using int instead.
|
Sets the value of the spin control. Use the variant using int instead.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
void SetValue(const wxString& text);
|
virtual void SetValue(const wxString& text);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Sets the value of the spin control.
|
Sets the value of the spin control.
|
||||||
|
@@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Destroys the splash screen.
|
Destroys the splash screen.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
~wxSplashScreen();
|
virtual ~wxSplashScreen();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Returns the splash style (see wxSplashScreen() for
|
Returns the splash style (see wxSplashScreen() for
|
||||||
|
@@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Destroys the wxSplitterWindow and its children.
|
Destroys the wxSplitterWindow and its children.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
~wxSplitterWindow();
|
virtual ~wxSplitterWindow();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Creation function, for two-step construction. See wxSplitterWindow() for
|
Creation function, for two-step construction. See wxSplitterWindow() for
|
||||||
@@ -111,14 +111,14 @@ public:
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
@see SetSashGravity()
|
@see SetSashGravity()
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
double GetSashGravity();
|
double GetSashGravity() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Returns the current sash position.
|
Returns the current sash position.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
@see SetSashPosition()
|
@see SetSashPosition()
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
int GetSashPosition();
|
int GetSashPosition() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Gets the split mode.
|
Gets the split mode.
|
||||||
|
@@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Destructor, destroying the search control.
|
Destructor, destroying the search control.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
~wxSearchCtrl();
|
virtual ~wxSearchCtrl();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Returns a pointer to the search control's menu object or @NULL if there is no
|
Returns a pointer to the search control's menu object or @NULL if there is no
|
||||||
@@ -100,7 +100,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
button visibility value.
|
button visibility value.
|
||||||
This always returns @false in Mac OS X v10.3
|
This always returns @false in Mac OS X v10.3
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
virtual bool IsSearchButtonVisible();
|
virtual bool IsSearchButtonVisible() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Sets the search control's menu object. If there is already a menu associated
|
Sets the search control's menu object. If there is already a menu associated
|
||||||
|
@@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
Destructor does nothing neither but should be virtual as this class is used as
|
Destructor does nothing neither but should be virtual as this class is used as
|
||||||
a base one.
|
a base one.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
~wxStackWalker();
|
virtual ~wxStackWalker();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
This function must be overrided to process the given frame.
|
This function must be overrided to process the given frame.
|
||||||
@@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
notice that Walk() frame itself is not included if skip = 1).
|
notice that Walk() frame itself is not included if skip = 1).
|
||||||
Up to @a maxDepth frames are walked from the innermost to the outermost one.
|
Up to @a maxDepth frames are walked from the innermost to the outermost one.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
void Walk(size_t skip = 1, size_t maxDepth = 200);
|
virtual void Walk(size_t skip = 1, size_t maxDepth = 200);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Enumerate stack frames from the location of uncaught exception.
|
Enumerate stack frames from the location of uncaught exception.
|
||||||
@@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
wxApp::OnFatalException.
|
wxApp::OnFatalException.
|
||||||
Up to @a maxDepth frames are walked from the innermost to the outermost one.
|
Up to @a maxDepth frames are walked from the innermost to the outermost one.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
void WalkFromException(size_t maxDepth = 200);
|
virtual void WalkFromException(size_t maxDepth = 200);
|
||||||
};
|
};
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
@@ -157,7 +157,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
can't retrieve the parameters info even although the function does have
|
can't retrieve the parameters info even although the function does have
|
||||||
parameters).
|
parameters).
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
size_t GetParamCount() const;
|
virtual size_t GetParamCount() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Return @true if we have the file name and line number for this frame.
|
Return @true if we have the file name and line number for this frame.
|
||||||
|
@@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
@see SetBitmap()
|
@see SetBitmap()
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
wxBitmap GetBitmap() const;
|
virtual wxBitmap GetBitmap() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Returns the icon currently used in the control. Notice that this method can
|
Returns the icon currently used in the control. Notice that this method can
|
||||||
@@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
@see SetIcon()
|
@see SetIcon()
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
wxIcon GetIcon() const;
|
virtual wxIcon GetIcon() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Sets the bitmap label.
|
Sets the bitmap label.
|
||||||
|
@@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Destructor, destroying the group box.
|
Destructor, destroying the group box.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
~wxStaticBox();
|
virtual ~wxStaticBox();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Creates the static box for two-step construction. See wxStaticBox()
|
Creates the static box for two-step construction. See wxStaticBox()
|
||||||
|
@@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
dimension of the static line, i.e. its height for a horizontal line or its
|
dimension of the static line, i.e. its height for a horizontal line or its
|
||||||
width for a vertical one.
|
width for a vertical one.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
int GetDefaultSize();
|
static int GetDefaultSize();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Returns @true if the line is vertical, @false if horizontal.
|
Returns @true if the line is vertical, @false if horizontal.
|
||||||
|
@@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Destructor.
|
Destructor.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
~wxStatusBar();
|
virtual ~wxStatusBar();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Creates the window, for two-step construction.
|
Creates the window, for two-step construction.
|
||||||
@@ -135,7 +135,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
bigger than the height specified here depending on the size of the font used by
|
bigger than the height specified here depending on the size of the font used by
|
||||||
the status bar.
|
the status bar.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
void SetMinHeight(int height);
|
virtual void SetMinHeight(int height);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Sets the styles of the fields in the status line which can make fields appear
|
Sets the styles of the fields in the status line which can make fields appear
|
||||||
|
@@ -324,7 +324,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Append a string to the end of the document without changing the selection.
|
Append a string to the end of the document without changing the selection.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
void AppendText(const wxString& text);
|
virtual void AppendText(const wxString& text);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Append a string to the end of the document without changing the selection.
|
Append a string to the end of the document without changing the selection.
|
||||||
@@ -350,18 +350,18 @@ public:
|
|||||||
Retrieve whether or not autocompletion is hidden automatically when nothing
|
Retrieve whether or not autocompletion is hidden automatically when nothing
|
||||||
matches.
|
matches.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
bool AutoCompGetAutoHide();
|
bool AutoCompGetAutoHide() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Retrieve whether auto-completion cancelled by backspacing before start.
|
Retrieve whether auto-completion cancelled by backspacing before start.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
bool AutoCompGetCancelAtStart();
|
bool AutoCompGetCancelAtStart() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Retrieve whether a single item auto-completion list automatically choose the
|
Retrieve whether a single item auto-completion list automatically choose the
|
||||||
item.
|
item.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
bool AutoCompGetChooseSingle();
|
bool AutoCompGetChooseSingle() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Get currently selected item position in the auto-completion list
|
Get currently selected item position in the auto-completion list
|
||||||
@@ -372,32 +372,32 @@ public:
|
|||||||
Retrieve whether or not autocompletion deletes any word characters
|
Retrieve whether or not autocompletion deletes any word characters
|
||||||
after the inserted text upon completion.
|
after the inserted text upon completion.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
bool AutoCompGetDropRestOfWord();
|
bool AutoCompGetDropRestOfWord() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Retrieve state of ignore case flag.
|
Retrieve state of ignore case flag.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
bool AutoCompGetIgnoreCase();
|
bool AutoCompGetIgnoreCase() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Set the maximum height, in rows, of auto-completion and user lists.
|
Set the maximum height, in rows, of auto-completion and user lists.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
int AutoCompGetMaxHeight();
|
int AutoCompGetMaxHeight() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Get the maximum width, in characters, of auto-completion and user lists.
|
Get the maximum width, in characters, of auto-completion and user lists.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
int AutoCompGetMaxWidth();
|
int AutoCompGetMaxWidth() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Retrieve the auto-completion list separator character.
|
Retrieve the auto-completion list separator character.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
int AutoCompGetSeparator();
|
int AutoCompGetSeparator() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Retrieve the auto-completion list type-separator character.
|
Retrieve the auto-completion list type-separator character.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
int AutoCompGetTypeSeparator();
|
int AutoCompGetTypeSeparator() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Retrieve the position of the caret when the auto-completion list was displayed.
|
Retrieve the position of the caret when the auto-completion list was displayed.
|
||||||
@@ -558,12 +558,12 @@ public:
|
|||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Are there any redoable actions in the undo history?
|
Are there any redoable actions in the undo history?
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
bool CanRedo();
|
virtual bool CanRedo() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Are there any undoable actions in the undo history?
|
Are there any undoable actions in the undo history?
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
bool CanUndo();
|
virtual bool CanUndo() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Cancel any modes such as call tip or auto-completion list display.
|
Cancel any modes such as call tip or auto-completion list display.
|
||||||
@@ -610,7 +610,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Clear the selection.
|
Clear the selection.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
void Clear();
|
virtual void Clear();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Delete all text in the document.
|
Delete all text in the document.
|
||||||
@@ -660,7 +660,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Copy the selection to the clipboard.
|
Copy the selection to the clipboard.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
void Copy();
|
virtual void Copy();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Copy a range of text to the clipboard. Positions are clipped into the document.
|
Copy a range of text to the clipboard. Positions are clipped into the document.
|
||||||
@@ -690,7 +690,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Cut the selection to the clipboard.
|
Cut the selection to the clipboard.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
void Cut();
|
virtual void Cut();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Delete back from the current position to the start of the line.
|
Delete back from the current position to the start of the line.
|
||||||
@@ -819,73 +819,73 @@ public:
|
|||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Returns the position of the opposite end of the selection to the caret.
|
Returns the position of the opposite end of the selection to the caret.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
int GetAnchor();
|
int GetAnchor() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Does a backspace pressed when caret is within indentation unindent?
|
Does a backspace pressed when caret is within indentation unindent?
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
bool GetBackSpaceUnIndents();
|
bool GetBackSpaceUnIndents() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Is drawing done first into a buffer or direct to the screen?
|
Is drawing done first into a buffer or direct to the screen?
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
bool GetBufferedDraw();
|
bool GetBufferedDraw() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Get the foreground colour of the caret.
|
Get the foreground colour of the caret.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
wxColour GetCaretForeground();
|
wxColour GetCaretForeground() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Get the background alpha of the caret line.
|
Get the background alpha of the caret line.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
int GetCaretLineBackAlpha();
|
int GetCaretLineBackAlpha() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Get the colour of the background of the line containing the caret.
|
Get the colour of the background of the line containing the caret.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
wxColour GetCaretLineBackground();
|
wxColour GetCaretLineBackground() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Is the background of the line containing the caret in a different colour?
|
Is the background of the line containing the caret in a different colour?
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
bool GetCaretLineVisible();
|
bool GetCaretLineVisible() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Get the time in milliseconds that the caret is on and off.
|
Get the time in milliseconds that the caret is on and off.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
int GetCaretPeriod();
|
int GetCaretPeriod() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Can the caret preferred x position only be changed by explicit movement
|
Can the caret preferred x position only be changed by explicit movement
|
||||||
commands?
|
commands?
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
bool GetCaretSticky();
|
bool GetCaretSticky() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Returns the width of the insert mode caret.
|
Returns the width of the insert mode caret.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
int GetCaretWidth();
|
int GetCaretWidth() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Returns the character byte at the position.
|
Returns the character byte at the position.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
int GetCharAt(int pos);
|
int GetCharAt(int pos) const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Get the code page used to interpret the bytes of the document as characters.
|
Get the code page used to interpret the bytes of the document as characters.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
int GetCodePage();
|
int GetCodePage() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Retrieve the column number of a position, taking tab width into account.
|
Retrieve the column number of a position, taking tab width into account.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
int GetColumn(int pos);
|
int GetColumn(int pos) const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Get the way control characters are displayed.
|
Get the way control characters are displayed.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
int GetControlCharSymbol();
|
int GetControlCharSymbol() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
@@ -907,7 +907,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Returns the position of the caret.
|
Returns the position of the caret.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
int GetCurrentPos();
|
int GetCurrentPos() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Retrieve a pointer to the document object.
|
Retrieve a pointer to the document object.
|
||||||
@@ -917,63 +917,63 @@ public:
|
|||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Retrieve the current end of line mode - one of CRLF, CR, or LF.
|
Retrieve the current end of line mode - one of CRLF, CR, or LF.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
int GetEOLMode();
|
int GetEOLMode() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Retrieve the colour used in edge indication.
|
Retrieve the colour used in edge indication.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
wxColour GetEdgeColour();
|
wxColour GetEdgeColour() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Retrieve the column number which text should be kept within.
|
Retrieve the column number which text should be kept within.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
int GetEdgeColumn();
|
int GetEdgeColumn() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Retrieve the edge highlight mode.
|
Retrieve the edge highlight mode.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
int GetEdgeMode();
|
int GetEdgeMode() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Retrieve whether the maximum scroll position has the last
|
Retrieve whether the maximum scroll position has the last
|
||||||
line at the bottom of the view.
|
line at the bottom of the view.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
bool GetEndAtLastLine();
|
bool GetEndAtLastLine() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Retrieve the position of the last correctly styled character.
|
Retrieve the position of the last correctly styled character.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
int GetEndStyled();
|
int GetEndStyled() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Retrieve the display line at the top of the display.
|
Retrieve the display line at the top of the display.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
int GetFirstVisibleLine();
|
int GetFirstVisibleLine() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Is a header line expanded?
|
Is a header line expanded?
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
bool GetFoldExpanded(int line);
|
bool GetFoldExpanded(int line) const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Retrieve the fold level of a line.
|
Retrieve the fold level of a line.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
int GetFoldLevel(int line);
|
int GetFoldLevel(int line) const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Find the parent line of a child line.
|
Find the parent line of a child line.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
int GetFoldParent(int line);
|
int GetFoldParent(int line) const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Get the highlighted indentation guide column.
|
Get the highlighted indentation guide column.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
int GetHighlightGuide();
|
int GetHighlightGuide() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Retrieve indentation size.
|
Retrieve indentation size.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
int GetIndent();
|
int GetIndent() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Are the indentation guides visible?
|
Are the indentation guides visible?
|
||||||
@@ -983,7 +983,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Find the last child line of a header line.
|
Find the last child line of a header line.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
int GetLastChild(int line, int level);
|
int GetLastChild(int line, int level) const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Can be used to prevent the EVT_CHAR handler from adding the char
|
Can be used to prevent the EVT_CHAR handler from adding the char
|
||||||
@@ -993,42 +993,42 @@ public:
|
|||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Retrieve the degree of caching of layout information.
|
Retrieve the degree of caching of layout information.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
int GetLayoutCache();
|
int GetLayoutCache() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Returns the number of characters in the document.
|
Returns the number of characters in the document.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
int GetLength();
|
int GetLength() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Retrieve the lexing language of the document.
|
Retrieve the lexing language of the document.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
int GetLexer();
|
int GetLexer() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Retrieve the contents of a line.
|
Retrieve the contents of a line.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
wxString GetLine(int line);
|
wxString GetLine(int line) const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Returns the number of lines in the document. There is always at least one.
|
Returns the number of lines in the document. There is always at least one.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
int GetLineCount();
|
int GetLineCount() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Get the position after the last visible characters on a line.
|
Get the position after the last visible characters on a line.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
int GetLineEndPosition(int line);
|
int GetLineEndPosition(int line) const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Retrieve the position before the first non indentation character on a line.
|
Retrieve the position before the first non indentation character on a line.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
int GetLineIndentPosition(int line);
|
int GetLineIndentPosition(int line) const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Retrieve the number of columns that a line is indented.
|
Retrieve the number of columns that a line is indented.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
int GetLineIndentation(int line);
|
int GetLineIndentation(int line) const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Retrieve the contents of a line.
|
Retrieve the contents of a line.
|
||||||
@@ -1050,92 +1050,92 @@ public:
|
|||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Retrieve the extra styling information for a line.
|
Retrieve the extra styling information for a line.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
int GetLineState(int line);
|
int GetLineState(int line) const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Is a line visible?
|
Is a line visible?
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
bool GetLineVisible(int line);
|
bool GetLineVisible(int line) const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Returns the size in pixels of the left margin.
|
Returns the size in pixels of the left margin.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
int GetMarginLeft();
|
int GetMarginLeft() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Retrieve the marker mask of a margin.
|
Retrieve the marker mask of a margin.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
int GetMarginMask(int margin);
|
int GetMarginMask(int margin) const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Returns the size in pixels of the right margin.
|
Returns the size in pixels of the right margin.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
int GetMarginRight();
|
int GetMarginRight() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Retrieve the mouse click sensitivity of a margin.
|
Retrieve the mouse click sensitivity of a margin.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
bool GetMarginSensitive(int margin);
|
bool GetMarginSensitive(int margin) const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Retrieve the type of a margin.
|
Retrieve the type of a margin.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
int GetMarginType(int margin);
|
int GetMarginType(int margin) const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Retrieve the width of a margin in pixels.
|
Retrieve the width of a margin in pixels.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
int GetMarginWidth(int margin);
|
int GetMarginWidth(int margin) const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Retrieve the last line number that has line state.
|
Retrieve the last line number that has line state.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
int GetMaxLineState();
|
int GetMaxLineState() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Get which document modification events are sent to the container.
|
Get which document modification events are sent to the container.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
int GetModEventMask();
|
int GetModEventMask() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Is the document different from when it was last saved?
|
Is the document different from when it was last saved?
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
bool GetModify();
|
bool GetModify() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Get whether mouse gets captured.
|
Get whether mouse gets captured.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
bool GetMouseDownCaptures();
|
bool GetMouseDownCaptures() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Retrieve the time the mouse must sit still to generate a mouse dwell event.
|
Retrieve the time the mouse must sit still to generate a mouse dwell event.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
int GetMouseDwellTime();
|
int GetMouseDwellTime() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Returns @true if overtype mode is active otherwise @false is returned.
|
Returns @true if overtype mode is active otherwise @false is returned.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
bool GetOvertype();
|
bool GetOvertype() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Get convert-on-paste setting
|
Get convert-on-paste setting
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
bool GetPasteConvertEndings();
|
bool GetPasteConvertEndings() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Returns the print colour mode.
|
Returns the print colour mode.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
int GetPrintColourMode();
|
int GetPrintColourMode() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Returns the print magnification.
|
Returns the print magnification.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
int GetPrintMagnification();
|
int GetPrintMagnification() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Is printing line wrapped?
|
Is printing line wrapped?
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
int GetPrintWrapMode();
|
int GetPrintWrapMode() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Retrieve a 'property' value previously set with SetProperty.
|
Retrieve a 'property' value previously set with SetProperty.
|
||||||
@@ -1152,37 +1152,37 @@ public:
|
|||||||
Retrieve a 'property' value previously set with SetProperty,
|
Retrieve a 'property' value previously set with SetProperty,
|
||||||
interpreted as an int AFTER any '$()' variable replacement.
|
interpreted as an int AFTER any '$()' variable replacement.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
int GetPropertyInt(const wxString& key);
|
int GetPropertyInt(const wxString& key) const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
In read-only mode?
|
In read-only mode?
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
bool GetReadOnly();
|
bool GetReadOnly() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Get cursor type.
|
Get cursor type.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
int GetSTCCursor();
|
int GetSTCCursor() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Get internal focus flag.
|
Get internal focus flag.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
bool GetSTCFocus();
|
bool GetSTCFocus() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Retrieve the document width assumed for scrolling.
|
Retrieve the document width assumed for scrolling.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
int GetScrollWidth();
|
int GetScrollWidth() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Get the search flags used by SearchInTarget.
|
Get the search flags used by SearchInTarget.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
int GetSearchFlags();
|
int GetSearchFlags() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Get the alpha of the selection.
|
Get the alpha of the selection.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
int GetSelAlpha();
|
int GetSelAlpha() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Retrieve the selected text.
|
Retrieve the selected text.
|
||||||
@@ -1202,37 +1202,37 @@ public:
|
|||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Returns the position at the end of the selection.
|
Returns the position at the end of the selection.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
int GetSelectionEnd();
|
int GetSelectionEnd() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Get the mode of the current selection.
|
Get the mode of the current selection.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
int GetSelectionMode();
|
int GetSelectionMode() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Returns the position at the start of the selection.
|
Returns the position at the start of the selection.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
int GetSelectionStart();
|
int GetSelectionStart() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Get error status.
|
Get error status.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
int GetStatus();
|
int GetStatus() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Returns the style byte at the position.
|
Returns the style byte at the position.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
int GetStyleAt(int pos);
|
int GetStyleAt(int pos) const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Retrieve number of bits in style bytes used to hold the lexical state.
|
Retrieve number of bits in style bytes used to hold the lexical state.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
int GetStyleBits();
|
int GetStyleBits() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Retrieve the number of bits the current lexer needs for styling.
|
Retrieve the number of bits the current lexer needs for styling.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
int GetStyleBitsNeeded();
|
int GetStyleBitsNeeded() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Retrieve a buffer of cells.
|
Retrieve a buffer of cells.
|
||||||
@@ -1242,32 +1242,32 @@ public:
|
|||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Does a tab pressed when caret is within indentation indent?
|
Does a tab pressed when caret is within indentation indent?
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
bool GetTabIndents();
|
bool GetTabIndents() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Retrieve the visible size of a tab.
|
Retrieve the visible size of a tab.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
int GetTabWidth();
|
int GetTabWidth() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Get the position that ends the target.
|
Get the position that ends the target.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
int GetTargetEnd();
|
int GetTargetEnd() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Get the position that starts the target.
|
Get the position that starts the target.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
int GetTargetStart();
|
int GetTargetStart() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Retrieve all the text in the document.
|
Retrieve all the text in the document.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
wxString GetText();
|
wxString GetText() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Retrieve the number of characters in the document.
|
Retrieve the number of characters in the document.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
int GetTextLength();
|
int GetTextLength() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Retrieve a range of text.
|
Retrieve a range of text.
|
||||||
@@ -1287,12 +1287,12 @@ public:
|
|||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Is drawing done in two phases with backgrounds drawn before foregrounds?
|
Is drawing done in two phases with backgrounds drawn before foregrounds?
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
bool GetTwoPhaseDraw();
|
bool GetTwoPhaseDraw() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Is undo history being collected?
|
Is undo history being collected?
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
bool GetUndoCollection();
|
bool GetUndoCollection() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Returns the current UseAntiAliasing setting.
|
Returns the current UseAntiAliasing setting.
|
||||||
@@ -1302,58 +1302,58 @@ public:
|
|||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Is the horizontal scroll bar visible?
|
Is the horizontal scroll bar visible?
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
bool GetUseHorizontalScrollBar();
|
bool GetUseHorizontalScrollBar() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Retrieve whether tabs will be used in indentation.
|
Retrieve whether tabs will be used in indentation.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
bool GetUseTabs();
|
bool GetUseTabs() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Is the vertical scroll bar visible?
|
Is the vertical scroll bar visible?
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
bool GetUseVerticalScrollBar();
|
bool GetUseVerticalScrollBar() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Are the end of line characters visible?
|
Are the end of line characters visible?
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
bool GetViewEOL();
|
bool GetViewEOL() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Are white space characters currently visible?
|
Are white space characters currently visible?
|
||||||
Returns one of SCWS_* constants.
|
Returns one of SCWS_* constants.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
int GetViewWhiteSpace();
|
int GetViewWhiteSpace() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Retrieve whether text is word wrapped.
|
Retrieve whether text is word wrapped.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
int GetWrapMode();
|
int GetWrapMode() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Retrive the start indent for wrapped lines.
|
Retrive the start indent for wrapped lines.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
int GetWrapStartIndent();
|
int GetWrapStartIndent() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Retrive the display mode of visual flags for wrapped lines.
|
Retrive the display mode of visual flags for wrapped lines.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
int GetWrapVisualFlags();
|
int GetWrapVisualFlags() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Retrive the location of visual flags for wrapped lines.
|
Retrive the location of visual flags for wrapped lines.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
int GetWrapVisualFlagsLocation();
|
int GetWrapVisualFlagsLocation() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
int GetXOffset();
|
int GetXOffset() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Retrieve the zoom level.
|
Retrieve the zoom level.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
int GetZoom();
|
int GetZoom() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Set caret to start of a line and ensure it is visible.
|
Set caret to start of a line and ensure it is visible.
|
||||||
@@ -1420,12 +1420,12 @@ public:
|
|||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Retrieve the foreground colour of an indicator.
|
Retrieve the foreground colour of an indicator.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
wxColour IndicatorGetForeground(int indic);
|
wxColour IndicatorGetForeground(int indic) const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Retrieve the style of an indicator.
|
Retrieve the style of an indicator.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
int IndicatorGetStyle(int indic);
|
int IndicatorGetStyle(int indic) const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Set the foreground colour of an indicator.
|
Set the foreground colour of an indicator.
|
||||||
@@ -1522,12 +1522,12 @@ public:
|
|||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Retrieve the line containing a position.
|
Retrieve the line containing a position.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
int LineFromPosition(int pos);
|
int LineFromPosition(int pos) const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
How many characters are on a line, not including end of line characters?
|
How many characters are on a line, not including end of line characters?
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
int LineLength(int line);
|
int LineLength(int line) const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Scroll horizontally and vertically.
|
Scroll horizontally and vertically.
|
||||||
@@ -1572,7 +1572,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Retrieves the number of lines completely visible.
|
Retrieves the number of lines completely visible.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
int LinesOnScreen();
|
int LinesOnScreen() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Split the lines in the target into lines that are less wide than pixelWidth
|
Split the lines in the target into lines that are less wide than pixelWidth
|
||||||
@@ -1727,7 +1727,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Paste the contents of the clipboard into the document replacing the selection.
|
Paste the contents of the clipboard into the document replacing the selection.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
void Paste();
|
virtual void Paste();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Retrieve the point in the window where a position is displayed.
|
Retrieve the point in the window where a position is displayed.
|
||||||
@@ -1749,12 +1749,12 @@ public:
|
|||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Retrieve the position at the start of a line.
|
Retrieve the position at the start of a line.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
int PositionFromLine(int line);
|
int PositionFromLine(int line) const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Find the position from a point within the window.
|
Find the position from a point within the window.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
int PositionFromPoint(wxPoint pt);
|
int PositionFromPoint(wxPoint pt) const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Find the position from a point within the window but return
|
Find the position from a point within the window but return
|
||||||
@@ -1765,7 +1765,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Redoes the next action on the undo history.
|
Redoes the next action on the undo history.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
void Redo();
|
virtual void Redo();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Register an image for use in autocompletion lists.
|
Register an image for use in autocompletion lists.
|
||||||
@@ -1846,7 +1846,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Select all the text in the document.
|
Select all the text in the document.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
void SelectAll();
|
virtual void SelectAll();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Duplicate the selection. If selection empty duplicate the line containing the
|
Duplicate the selection. If selection empty duplicate the line containing the
|
||||||
@@ -1858,7 +1858,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
Is the selection rectangular? The alternative is the more common stream
|
Is the selection rectangular? The alternative is the more common stream
|
||||||
selection.
|
selection.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
bool SelectionIsRectangle();
|
bool SelectionIsRectangle() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Send a message to Scintilla
|
Send a message to Scintilla
|
||||||
@@ -2601,7 +2601,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Undo one action in the undo history.
|
Undo one action in the undo history.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
void Undo();
|
virtual void Undo();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Transform the selection to upper case.
|
Transform the selection to upper case.
|
||||||
|
@@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
@see wxFileConfig
|
@see wxFileConfig
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
wxString GetConfigDir() const;
|
virtual wxString GetConfigDir() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Return the location of the applications global, i.e. not user-specific,
|
Return the location of the applications global, i.e. not user-specific,
|
||||||
@@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
@see GetLocalDataDir()
|
@see GetLocalDataDir()
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
wxString GetDataDir() const;
|
virtual wxString GetDataDir() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Return the directory containing the current user's documents.
|
Return the directory containing the current user's documents.
|
||||||
@@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
@since 2.7.0
|
@since 2.7.0
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
wxString GetDocumentsDir() const;
|
virtual wxString GetDocumentsDir() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Return the directory and the filename for the current executable.
|
Return the directory and the filename for the current executable.
|
||||||
@@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
- Windows: @c C:\\Programs\\AppFolder\\exename.exe
|
- Windows: @c C:\\Programs\\AppFolder\\exename.exe
|
||||||
- Mac: @c /Programs/exename
|
- Mac: @c /Programs/exename
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
wxString GetExecutablePath() const;
|
virtual wxString GetExecutablePath() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
@note This function is only available under Unix.
|
@note This function is only available under Unix.
|
||||||
@@ -113,7 +113,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
This is the same as GetDataDir() except
|
This is the same as GetDataDir() except
|
||||||
under Unix where it returns @c /etc/appname.
|
under Unix where it returns @c /etc/appname.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
wxString GetLocalDataDir() const;
|
virtual wxString GetLocalDataDir() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Return the localized resources directory containing the resource files of the
|
Return the localized resources directory containing the resource files of the
|
||||||
@@ -137,7 +137,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
@see wxDynamicLibrary
|
@see wxDynamicLibrary
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
wxString GetPluginsDir() const;
|
virtual wxString GetPluginsDir() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Return the directory where the application resource files are located. The
|
Return the directory where the application resource files are located. The
|
||||||
@@ -154,7 +154,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
@see GetLocalizedResourcesDir()
|
@see GetLocalizedResourcesDir()
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
wxString GetResourcesDir() const;
|
virtual wxString GetResourcesDir() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Return the directory for storing temporary files. To create unique temporary
|
Return the directory for storing temporary files. To create unique temporary
|
||||||
@@ -164,7 +164,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||
@since 2.7.2
|
@since 2.7.2
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
wxString GetTempDir() const;
|
virtual wxString GetTempDir() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Return the directory for the user config files:
|
Return the directory for the user config files:
|
||||||
@@ -175,7 +175,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
directory, otherwise GetUserDataDir() is
|
directory, otherwise GetUserDataDir() is
|
||||||
more appropriate.
|
more appropriate.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
wxString GetUserConfigDir() const;
|
virtual wxString GetUserConfigDir() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Return the directory for the user-dependent application data files:
|
Return the directory for the user-dependent application data files:
|
||||||
@@ -183,7 +183,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
- Windows: @c C:\\Documents @c and @c Settings\\username\\Application @c Data\\appname
|
- Windows: @c C:\\Documents @c and @c Settings\\username\\Application @c Data\\appname
|
||||||
- Mac: @c ~/Library/Application @c Support/appname
|
- Mac: @c ~/Library/Application @c Support/appname
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
wxString GetUserDataDir() const;
|
virtual wxString GetUserDataDir() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
Return the directory for user data files which shouldn't be shared with
|
Return the directory for user data files which shouldn't be shared with
|
||||||
@@ -191,7 +191,7 @@ public:
|
|||||||
This is the same as GetUserDataDir() for all platforms except Windows where it returns
|
This is the same as GetUserDataDir() for all platforms except Windows where it returns
|
||||||
@c C:\\Documents @c and @c Settings\\username\\Local @c Settings\\Application @c Data\\appname
|
@c C:\\Documents @c and @c Settings\\username\\Local @c Settings\\Application @c Data\\appname
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
wxString GetUserLocalDataDir() const;
|
virtual wxString GetUserLocalDataDir() const;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
@note This function is only available under Unix.
|
@note This function is only available under Unix.
|
||||||
|
Some files were not shown because too many files have changed in this diff Show More
Reference in New Issue
Block a user